Online Dictionary of Arabic Philosophical Terms

Entries: 1420 | Roots: 603 | 16 März 2012 | maintained by Andreas Lammer and Raphael Kretz

• ʾ-b-d
• ʾ-t-y
• ʾ-ṯ-r
• ʾ-ǧ-l
• ʾ-ḫ-ḏ
• ʾ-ḫ-r
• ʾ-d-w
• ʾ-ḏ-y
• ʾ-r-ḫ
• ʾ-z-l
• ʾ-s-r
• ʾ-s-ṭ-q-s
• ʾ-ṣ-l
• ʾ-l-f
• ʾ-l-m
• ʾ-l-h
• ʾ-l-y
• ʾ-m-r
• ʾ-m-l
• ʾ-n
• ʾ-n-s
• ʾ-n-ṭ-f-s
• ʾ-n-ṭ-l-ḫ-y-a
• ʾ-h-l
• ʾ-w-ǧ
• ʾ-w-l
• ʾ-w-n
• ʾ-y
• ʾ-y-n
• b
• b-ḥ-ṯ
• b-ḫ-t
• b-ḫ-l
• b-d-ʾ
• b-d-ʿ
• b-d-l
• b-d-n
• b-d-h
• b-ḏ-r
• b-ḏ-l
• b-r
• b-r-ʾ
• b-r-d
• b-r-h-n
• b-z-r
• b-s-ṭ
• b-ṣ-r
• b-ṭ-l
• b-ʿ-ṯ
• b-ʿ-d
• b-q-y
• b-l-d
• b-l-ġ
• b-l-w
• b-l-y
• b-n-t
• b-h-ǧ
• b-h-w
• b-w-ḥ
• b-y-n
• t-b-ʿ
• t-b-q
• t-ʿ-b
• t-q-d
• t-l-w
• t-m
• ṯ-b-t
• ṯ-r-w
• ṯ-q-l
• ṯ-n-y
• ǧ-b-r
• ǧ-b-l
• ǧ-b-n
• ǧ-ṯ
• ǧ-d
• ǧ-d-l
• ǧ-ḏ-b
• ǧ-r-b
• ǧ-r-d
• ǧ-r-m
• ǧ-z-ʾ
• ǧ-z-f
• ǧ-s-m
• ǧ-l
• ǧ-l-w
• ǧ-l-y
• ǧ-m-ǧ-m
• ǧ-m-ʿ
• ǧ-m-l
• ǧ-m-h-r
• ǧ-n-s
• ǧ-h-d
• ǧ-h-l
• ǧ-w
• ǧ-w-d
• ǧ-w-l
• ǧ-w-h-r
• ḥ-b
• ḥ-ǧ
• ḥ-ǧ-m
• ḥ-d
• ḥ-d-ṯ
• ḥ-d-s
• ḥ-d-w
• ḥ-d-y
• ḥ-ḏ-q
• ḥ-ḏ-w
• ḥ-r
• ḥ-r-f
• ḥ-r-q
• ḥ-r-k
• ḥ-r-m
• ḥ-z-m
• ḥ-z-n
• ḥ-s
• ḥ-s-b
• ḥ-s-d
• ḥ-s-r
• ḥ-ṣ-r
• ḥ-ṣ-l
• ḥ-ḍ
• ḥ-f-ẓ
• ḥ-q
• ḥ-k-m
• ḥ-k-y
• ḥ-l
• ḥ-l-w
• ḥ-l-y
• ḥ-m-d
• ḥ-m-l
• ḥ-m-w
• ḥ-m-y
• ḥ-w-ǧ
• ḥ-w-z
• ḥ-w-ṭ
• ḥ-w-l
• ḥ-y
• ḥ-y-ṯ
• ḥ-y-r
• ḥ-y-z
• ḥ-y-l
• ḥ-y-w
• ḫ-b-r
• ḫ-r-ǧ
• ḫ-r-ʿ
• ḫ-r-f
• ḫ-r-q
• ḫ-z-n
• ḫ-s
• ḫ-ṣ
• ḫ-ṭ
• ḫ-ṭ-b
• ḫ-f
• ḫ-f-d
• ḫ-f-y
• ḫ-l-ṭ
• ḫ-l-ʿ
• ḫ-l-f
• ḫ-l-q
• ḫ-l-w
• ḫ-n-ṯ
• ḫ-w-f
• ḫ-w-n
• ḫ-y-r
• ḫ-y-l
• d-b-r
• d-ḫ-l
• d-r-ǧ
• d-r-k
• d-s-t-r
• d-f-ʿ
• d-q
• d-l
• d-h-r
• d-h-š
• d-w-r
• d-w-m
• d-w-y
• ḏ-b-l
• ḏ-r-w
• ḏ-r-y
• ḏ-k-r
• ḏ-k-w
• ḏ-k-y
• ḏ-m
• ḏ-h-b
• ḏ-h-n
• ḏ-w
• ḏ-w-q
• ḏ-y-ʿ
• r-ʾ-s
• r-ʾ-y
• r-b-ṭ
• r-b-ʿ
• r-b-w
• r-t-b
• r-ǧ-ḥ
• r-ǧ-l
• r-ḫ-m
• r-ḫ-w
• r-ḫ-y
• r-d-ʾ
• r-d-f
• r-ḏ-l
• r-s-m
• r-ṭ-b
• r-ʿ-d
• r-f-ʿ
• r-q
• r-k-b
• r-k-z
• r-m-z
• r-w-ḥ
• r-w-d
• r-w-y
• r-y-ḥ
• z-r-ʿ
• z-m-n
• z-w-l
• z-y-d
• z-y-l
• z-y-n
• s-ʾ-l
• s-b
• s-b-q
• s-ḫ-r
• s-ḫ-w
• s-ḫ-y
• s-r
• s-r-m-d
• s-r-y
• s-ṭ-ḥ
• s-ṭ-ḫ-y-a
• s-ṭ-q-s
• s-ʿ-d
• s-ʿ-y
• s-f-ḥ
• s-f-s-ṭ
• s-q-m
• s-k-n
• s-l-b
• s-l-s-l
• s-l-w
• s-m
• s-m-ʿ
• s-m-w
• s-m-y
• s-n
• s-n-ḫ
• s-h-l
• s-w-ʾ
• s-w-d
• s-w-s
• s-w-q
• s-w-y
• s-y-r
• s-y-l
• š-b-h
• š-ǧ-r
• š-ǧ-ʿ
• š-ḥ
• š-ḫ-ṣ
• š-d
• š-r
• š-r-ṭ
• š-r-ʿ
• š-r-f
• š-r-q
• š-r-k
• š-r-h
• š-ʿ
• š-ʿ-r
• š-ġ-r
• š-f
• š-q
• š-q-w
• š-q-y
• š-k
• š-k-l
• š-m-l
• š-n-ʿ
• š-h-d
• š-h-r
• š-h-w
• š-h-y
• š-w-r
• š-w-q
• š-y-ʾ
• š-y-ʿ
• ṣ-ḥ
• ṣ-ḥ-b
• ṣ-d-r
• ṣ-d-q
• ṣ-d-m
• ṣ-r-f
• ṣ-ġ-r
• ṣ-f-ḥ
• ṣ-f-h
• ṣ-f-w
• ṣ-l-ḥ
• ṣ-n-ʿ
• ṣ-n-f
• ṣ-w-b
• ṣ-w-t
• ṣ-w-r
• ṣ-w-f
• ṣ-y-r
• ḍ-d
• ḍ-r
• ḍ-r-b
• ḍ-r-s
• ḍ-ʿ-f
• ḍ-m-ḥ-l
• ḍ-m-r
• ḍ-n
• ḍ-w-ʾ
• ḍ-y-f
• ḍ-y-q
• ṭ-b
• ṭ-b-ʿ
• ṭ-b-q
• ṭ-r-d
• ṭ-r-f
• ṭ-r-q
• ṭ-f-r
• ṭ-l-b
• ṭ-l-ʿ
• ṭ-l-q
• ṭ-w-ʿ
• ẓ-r-f
• ẓ-n
• ẓ-h-r
• ʿ-b-r
• ʿ-ǧ-z
• ʿ-d
• ʿ-d-l
• ʿ-d-m
• ʿ-d-n
• ʿ-d-w
• ʿ-r-ḍ
• ʿ-r-f
• ʿ-r-w
• ʿ-z-l
• ʿ-z-m
• ʿ-š-r
• ʿ-š-q
• ʿ-ṣ-b
• ʿ-ḍ-w
• ʿ-ṭ-f
• ʿ-ṭ-l
• ʿ-ẓ-m
• ʿ-f
• ʿ-f-n
• ʿ-q
• ʿ-q-b
• ʿ-q-d
• ʿ-q-l
• ʿ-k-s
• ʿ-l
• ʿ-l-q
• ʿ-l-m
• ʿ-l-w
• ʿ-l-y
• ʿ-m
• ʿ-m-d
• ʿ-m-l
• ʿ-n
• ʿ-n-d
• ʿ-n-ṣ-r
• ʿ-n-y
• ʿ-h-d
• ʿ-w-d
• ʿ-w-r
• ʿ-w-ṣ
• ʿ-w-q
• ʿ-w-n
• ʿ-y-r
• ʿ-y-š
• ʿ-y-n
• ġ-b-ṭ
• ġ-d-b
• ġ-ḏ-w
• ġ-r-d
• ġ-r-z
• ġ-l-b
• ġ-l-ṭ
• ġ-m
• ġ-m-ḍ
• ġ-y
• ġ-y-r
• f-d-l
• f-d-m
• f-d-y
• f-r-ḥ
• f-r-d
• f-r-ṭ
• f-r-ʿ
• f-r-ġ
• f-r-q
• f-s-d
• f-ṣ-l
• f-ḍ-w
• f-ḍ-y
• f-ṭ-r
• f-ʿ-l
• f-q
• f-q-r
• f-k
• f-k-r
• f-l-s-f
• f-l-k
• f-n-ṭ-s-y-a
• f-n-y
• f-h-m
• f-y
• f-y-d
• f-y-ḍ
• q-b-ḥ
• q-b-l
• q-b-h
• q-t-r
• q-d-r
• q-d-s
• q-d-m
• q-r
• q-r-ʾ
• q-r-b
• q-r-n
• q-r-w
• q-z
• q-s-r
• q-s-ṭ
• q-s-m
• q-ṣ
• q-ṣ-d
• q-ṣ-r
• q-ḍ-y
• q-ṭ-b
• q-ṭ-r
• q-ṭ-ʿ
• q-l
• q-l-b
• q-l-d
• q-l-q
• q-n
• q-n-ʿ
• q-n-w
• q-n-y
• q-w-l
• q-w-m
• q-w-y
• q-y-d
• q-y-s
• k-b-r
• k-t-b
• k-ṯ-r
• k-ḏ-b
• k-r
• k-r-h
• k-s-b
• k-s-f
• k-f-ʾ
• k-l
• k-l-m
• k-m
• k-m-l
• k-n-w
• k-n-y
• k-w-k-b
• k-w-n
• k-y-f
• l
• l-ʾ
• l-ʾ-m
• l-b-s
• l-ḥ-d
• l-ḥ-q
• l-ḥ-m
• l-ḥ-n
• l-ḫ-ṣ
• l-d
• l-ḏ
• l-z-m
• l-s-n
• l-ṣ-q
• l-ṭ-f
• l-ġ-z
• l-ġ-w
• l-f-ẓ
• l-q-y
• l-m-s
• l-h-q
• l-h-m
• l-w-m
• l-w-n
• m-ʾ
• m-ʾ-h
• m-ṯ-l
• m-ǧ-m-ǧ
• m-ǧ-n
• m-ḥ-n
• m-d
• m-d-ḥ
• m-d-n
• m-z-ǧ
• m-s
• m-s-ḥ
• m-ʿ
• m-k-n
• m-l
• m-l-q
• m-l-k
• m-l-w
• m-n
• m-n-ʿ
• m-n-w
• m-n-y
• m-h-n
• m-w-t
• m-w-h
• m-y-z
• m-y-l
• n-ā-m-w-s
• n-b-t
• n-b-ṭ
• n-b-ʿ
• n-b-w
• n-t-ǧ
• n-ǧ-r
• n-ḥ-w
• n-d-r
• n-z-ʿ
• n-z-h
• n-s-b
• n-s-ḫ
• n-ṣ-b
• n-ṣ-f
• n-ṭ-q
• n-ẓ-r
• n-ẓ-m
• n-ʿ-m
• n-ġ-m
• n-f-r
• n-f-s
• n-f-ʿ
• n-f-w
• n-f-y
• n-q-ṣ
• n-q-ḍ
• n-q-ṭ
• n-q-l
• n-m-ṭ
• n-m-y
• n-h-r
• n-h-w
• n-h-y
• n-w-r
• n-w-ʿ
• h-ǧ-w
• h-ḏ
• h-z-l
• h-ḍ-m
• h-m-ǧ
• h-m-l
• h-n-d-s
• h-w
• h-w-r
• h-w-y
• h-y-ʾ
• h-y-l
• w
• w-t-r
• w-ṯ-q
• w-ǧ-b
• w-ǧ-d
• w-ǧ-h
• w-ḥ-d
• w-ḥ-y
• w-d
• w-z-n
• w-z-y
• w-s-ṭ
• w-s-ʿ
• w-ṣ-f
• w-ṣ-l
• w-ḍ-ʿ
• w-ṭ-ʾ
• w-ṭ-y
• w-f-q
• w-q-t
• w-q-ʿ
• w-q-f
• w-l-d
• w-l-y
• w-h-b
• w-h-d
• w-h-l
• w-h-m
• y-b-s
• y-s-r
• y-q-ẓ
• y-q-n
• y-m-n

.

ʾ-b-d

• أبدى

  ʾabadīʾ-b-d (adjective)

  éternel	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀΐδιος
  eternal	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مؤبّد

  muʾabbadʾ-b-d (II, partpass)

  éternel	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀΐδιος

.

ʾ-t-y

• أت

  ʾātinʾ-t-y (I, partact)

  future	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تأتّى

  taʾattā - yataʾattāʾ-t-y (V, verb)

  to be disposed, to be prepared, to become disposed, to become prepared	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʾ-ṯ-r

• أثر

  ʾaṯarʾ-ṯ-r (noun)

  trace, signe, impression	Martin (1984)

• أثّر

  ʾaṯṯara - yuʾaṯṯiruʾ-ṯ-r (II, verb)

  to cause an effect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تأثير

  taʾṯīrʾ-ṯ-r (II, inf)

  affection, effet, impression	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ πάθος

• تاثير

  taʾṯīrʾ-ṯ-r (II, inf)

  cause, influence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متاثّر

  mutaʾaṯṯirʾ-ṯ-r (V, partact)

  effect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʾ-ǧ-l

• لأجل

  li-ʾaǧll (preposition) + ʾ-ǧ-l (noun)

  for the sake of	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• من أجل

  min ʾaǧlm-n (preposition) + ʾ-ǧ-l (noun)

  for the sake of	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʾ-ḫ-ḏ

• أجذ بالوجوه

  ʾaḫḏ bi-l-wuǧūhʾ-ḫ-ḏ (noun) + b (preposition) + w-ǧ-h (noun, plural of وجه : waǧh)

  delivery, elocution	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ ὑπόκρισις

.

ʾ-ḫ-r

• آخر باقية

  ʾāḫar bāqiyaʾ-ḫ-r (elative) + b-q-y (I, partact)

  autres choses	Martin (1984)

• أكثر تأخّراً

  ʾakṯar taʾaḫḫurank-ṯ-r (elative) + ʾ-ḫ-r (V, inf)

  postérieur, plus considérable en postériorité	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὕστερος

• بآخرة

  bi-ʾāḫirab (preposition) + ʾ-ḫ-r (I, partact)

  à la fin	Martin (1984)

• حياة آخر

  ḥayāt ʾāḫirḥ-y ḥ-y-w (noun) + ʾ-ḫ-r (I, partact)

  afterlife	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فى آخرة

  fī ʾāḫiraf-y (preposition) + ʾ-ḫ-r (I, partact)

  à la fin	Martin (1984)

• كمال أخير

  kamāl ʾaḫīrk-m-l (noun) + ʾ-ḫ-r (adjective)

  final perfection, ultimate perfection	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• آخر

  ʾāḫarʾ-ḫ-r (elative)

  autre	Martin (1984)

  ʾāḫirʾ-ḫ-r (I I, partact)

  dernier	Martin (1984)
  last	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تاخّر

  taʾaḫḫurʾ-ḫ-r (V, inf)

  posteriority, delay	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  posterior	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متاخّر

  mutaʾaḫḫirʾ-ḫ-r (V, partact)

  posterior	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʾ-d-w

• أداة

  ʾadātʾ-d-w (noun)

  instrument	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• أدوى

  ʾadawīʾ-d-w (adjective)

  instrumental	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʾ-ḏ-y

• أذى

  ʾaḏanʾ-ḏ-y (noun)

  pain	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʾ-r-ḫ

• ارّخ

  ʾarraḫa - yuʾarriḫuʾ-r-ḫ (II, verb)

  to find one's termination, to appoint a terminus; to date	Gutas (1988)

• تأريخ

  taʾriḫʾ-r-ḫ (II, inf)

  goal, termination, final time	Gutas (1988)

.

ʾ-z-l

• إرادة أزلية

  ʾirāda ʾazalīyar-w-d (IV, inf) + ʾ-z-l (adjective)

  eternal will	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• أزلى

  ʾazalīʾ-z-l (adjective)

  éternel, pré-éternel, éternel a parte ante, toujours, éternellement	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀΐδιος, ἀγένητος
  eternal	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʾ-s-r

• بالأسر

  bi-l-ʾasrb (preposition) + ʾ-s-r (noun)

  completely	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʾ-s-ṭ-q-s

• أسطقس

  ʾusṭuqsʾ-s-ṭ-q-s (noun)

  element	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʾ-ṣ-l

• أصل

  ʾaṣlʾ-ṣ-l (noun)

  constituent, constitutive element, principle	Dhanani (1994)
  fundamental principle	Gutas (1988)
  foundation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• أصول

  ʾuṣūlʾ-ṣ-l (noun, plural of أصل : ʾaṣl)

  fundamental principles	Gutas (1988)

.

ʾ-l-f

• ألّف

  ʾallafa - yuʾallifuʾ-l-f (II, verb)

  joindre, accorder, assembler, composer	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ῥυθμίζειν

• ائتلاف

  ʾiʾtilāfʾ-l-f (VIII, inf)

  combination, composition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تأليف

  taʾlīfʾ-l-f (II II, inf)

  accident of adhesion, combination	Dhanani (1994)
  composition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مؤلّف

  muʾallafʾ-l-f (II II, partpass)

  composite	Dhanani (1994)
  composite	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʾ-l-m

• ألم نفسانى

  ʾalam nafsānīʾ-l-m (noun) + n-f-s (adjective)

  psychological pain	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• آلام

  ʾālāmʾ-l-m (noun, plural of ألم : ʾalam)

  affections	Martin (1984)

• آلم

  ʾālama - yuʾālimuʾ-l-m (IV, verb)

  to harm	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ألم

  ʾalamʾ-l-m (noun)

  pain	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʾ-l-h

• العلم الإلاهى

  al-ʿilm al-ʾilāhīʿ-l-m (noun) + ʾ-l-h (adjective)

  theology	Gutas (1988)
  la science divine, la Métaphysique comme θεολογία	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ θεολογία

• علم إلاهى

  ʿilm ʾilāhīʿ-l-m (noun) + ʾ-l-h (adjective)

  theology	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• أله

  ʾilāhʾ-l-h (noun)

  Divinité, Dieu	Martin (1984)

• إلاه

  ʾilāhʾ-l-h (noun)

  Divinité, Dieu	Martin (1984)

• إلاهيات

  ʾilāhīyātʾ-l-h (noun, plural)

  theology	Gutas (1988)
  métaphysique	Martin (1984)

• إلاهيون

  ʾilāhīyūnʾ-l-h (noun, plural)

  métaphysiciens	Martin (1984)
  théologiens	Martin (1984)

• الله

  ʾallāhʾ-l-h (noun)

  God	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʾ-l-y

• مشار إليه

  mušār ʾilayhiš-w-r (IV, partpass) + ʾ-l-y (preposition) + (pronoun)

  être détermine, ce que l'on peut désigner, telle chose que voici	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τόδε τι
  détermine	Martin (1984)

.

ʾ-m-r

• أمور لاحقة

  ʾumūr lāḥiqaʾ-m-r (noun, plural to امر : ʾamr) + l-ḥ-q (I, partact, inanimate plural of لاحق : lāḥiq)

  dérivés, choses qui sont subséquentes, attributes	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, τὰ πάθη, τὰ συμβεβηκότα

• أمر

  ʾamrʾ-m-r (noun)

  matter	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: τὸ πρᾶγμα

.

ʾ-m-l

• تامّل

  taʾammulʾ-m-l (V, inf)

  selective attention	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʾ-n

• علم أنّ

  ʿilm ʾannaʿ-l-m (noun) + ʾ-n (conjunction)

  knowledge that	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• أنية

  ʾanīyaʾ-n (noun)

  substance individuelle, être déterminé, être individuel et concret	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τόδε τι
  existence	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ εἶναι
  quiddité, essence	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι, τὸ εἶναι

• إنّية

  ʾinnīyaʾ-n (noun)

  being, unique existence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʾ-n-s

• نفس إنساية

  nafs ʾinsānīyan-f-s (noun, feminine) + ʾ-n-s (adjective)

  human soul, rational soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʾ-n-ṭ-f-s

• إنطيفاسيس

  ʾinṭīfāsīsʾ-n-ṭ-f-s (noun)

  contradiction	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀντίφασις

.

ʾ-n-ṭ-l-ḫ-y-a

• إنطلاخيا

  ʾinṭalāḫiyāʾ-n-ṭ-l-ḫ-y-a (noun)

  perfection, actualité, terme réalisé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἐντελεχεὶα

.

ʾ-h-l

• أهل السنّة

  ʾahl al-sunnaʾ-h-l (noun) + s-n (noun)

  orthodox muslims	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• أهلى

  ʾahlīʾ-h-l (adjective)

  indigenous	Butterworth (1986)

.

ʾ-w-ǧ

• أوج

  ʾawǧʾ-w-ǧ (noun)

  apogee	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʾ-w-l

• أوّلاً وبذات

  ʾawwalan wa-bi-ḏātʾ-w-l (adverb) + w (conjunction) + b (preposition) + ḏ-w (noun)

  par soi, immédiatement et par soi	Martin (1984)
  Greek: πρῶτον καθ᾽ αὑτό

• الفلسفة الأولى

  al-falsafa al-ʾūlāf-l-s-f (noun) + ʾ-w-l (elative)

  philosophie première	Martin (1984)

• بنوع أوّل وتقديم

  bi-nawʿ ʾawwal wa-taqdīmb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun) + ʾ-w-l (elative) + q-d-m (II, inf)

  au sense premier	Martin (1984)
  Greek: πρώτως

• سبب أوّل

  sabab ʾawwals-b (noun) + ʾ-w-l (elative)

  First Cause; means	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علّة أولى

  ʿilla ʾūlāʿ-l (noun) + ʾ-w-l (elative, feminine)

  First Cause	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مبدأ أوّل

  mabdaʾ ʾawwalb-d-ʾ (noun) + ʾ-w-l (elative)

  first principle	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• محرّك أوّل

  muḥarrik ʾawwalḥ-r-k (partact) + ʾ-w-l (elative)

  first mover	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• معارف أوّل

  maʿārif ʾawwalʿ-r-f (noun, plural of معرفة : maʿrifa) + ʾ-w-l (elative)

  primary instances of knowledge	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• آلة

  ʾālaʾ-w-l (noun)

  instrument	Gutas (1988)
  instrument	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• آلى

  ʾālīʾ-w-l (adjective)

  instrumental	Gutas (1988)

• أوائل

  ʾawāʾilʾ-w-l (elative, plural of أوّل : ʾawwal)

  principes	Martin (1984)
  Greek: αἱ ἀρχαί, τὰ πρῶτα

• أوّل

  ʾawwalʾ-w-l (elative)

  premier	Martin (1984)
  principe	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀρχὴ
  first	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  principle; the First (i.e., God)	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• أوّلاً

  ʾawwalanʾ-w-l (adverb)

  directly, not mediated	Martin (1984)

• تأويل

  taʾawīlʾ-w-l (II, inf)

  allegorical interpretation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• سماء أولى

  samāʾ ʾūlās-m-w (noun, feminine) + ʾ-w-l (elative, feminine)

  first heaven	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مادّة أولى

  mādda ʾūlām-d (noun) + ʾ-w-l (elative, feminine)

  prime matter	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: prima materia

.

ʾ-w-n

• آن

  ʾānʾ-w-n (noun)

  instant, moment, moment présent	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ νῦν
  instant	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʾ-y

• ايّ شىء هو

  ʾayy šayʾ huwaʾ-y (pronoun) + š-y-ʾ (noun) + h-w (pronoun)

  quality	Butterworth (1977)

.

ʾ-y-n

• قوّة فى الأين

  qūwa fī l-ʾayniq-w-y (noun) + f-y (preposition) + ʾ-y-n (noun)

  puissance dans le lieu	Martin (1984)

• أين

  ʾaynaʾ-y-n (pronoun)

  place	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b

• أجذ بالوجوه

  ʾaḫḏ bi-l-wuǧūhʾ-ḫ-ḏ (noun) + b (preposition) + w-ǧ-h (noun, plural of وجه : waǧh)

  delivery, elocution	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ ὑπόκρισις

• أوّلاً وبذات

  ʾawwalan wa-bi-ḏātʾ-w-l (adverb) + w (conjunction) + b (preposition) + ḏ-w (noun)

  par soi, immédiatement et par soi	Martin (1984)
  Greek: πρῶτον καθ᾽ αὑτό

• العقل الذى بالملكة

  al-ʿaql allaḏī bi-l-malakaʿ-q-l (noun) + ḏ-w (pronoun) + b (preposition) + m-l-k (noun)

  intellect in habitu	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ νοῦς ἔχων ἕξιν, ὁ ἐν ἕξει νοῦς, ὁ νοῦς καθ᾽ ἕξιν

• بآخرة

  bi-ʾāḫirab (preposition) + ʾ-ḫ-r (I, partact)

  à la fin	Martin (1984)

• بإطلاق

  bi-ʾiṭlāqb (preposition) + ṭ-l-q (IV, inf)

  au sens absolu	Martin (1984)

• بالأسر

  bi-l-ʾasrb (preposition) + ʾ-s-r (noun)

  completely	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بالإطلاق

  bi-l-ʾiṭlāqb (preposition) + ṭ-l-q (IV, inf)

  absolutely	Butterworth (1977)

• بالتشكيك

  bi-l-taškīkb (preposition) + š-k (II, inf)

  amphibulous	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بالتقديم

  bi-l-taqdīmb (preposition) + q-d-m (II, inf)

  au sense premier, essentiellement, sans intermédiaire	Martin (1984)
  Greek: πρώτως

• بالتواطؤ

  bi-l-tawāṭuʾb (preposition) + w-ṭ-ʾ (VI, inf)

  synonymous	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بالدور

  bi-l-dawrb (preposition) + d-w-r (noun)

  selon un cycle	Martin (1984)

• بالذات

  bi-l-ḏātb (preposition) + ḏ-w (noun)

  essentially	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بالطبع

  bi-l-tabʿb (preposition) + t-b-ʿ (noun)

  naturel	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατά φύσιν

• بالعرض

  bi-l-ʿaraḍb (preposition) + ʿ-r-ḍ (noun)

  par accident	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατά συμβεβηκός
  accidentally	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بالقسر

  bi-l-qasrb (preposition) + q-s-r (noun)

  de contrainte	Martin (1984)
  Greek: βίαιος, παρά φύσιν

• بالكلّية

  bi-l-kullīyab (preposition) + k-l (noun)

  en général	Martin (1984)
  Greek: καθόλου

• بالمناسبة

  bi-l-mulāwamab (preposition) + l-w-m (III, inf)

  par analogie	Martin (1984) Info: "Cette confusion entre les deux racines لاوم et لاءم, semble une particularité de la langue vulgaire (Dozy, II, 559)."
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• بالوضع

  bi-l-waḍiʿb (preposition) + w-ḍ-ʿ (noun)

  conditionally	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بتقييد

  bi-taqyīdb (preposition) + q-y-d (II, inf)

  au sense relatif	Martin (1984)

• بتناسب

  bi-tanāsubb (preposition) + n-s-b (VI, inf)

  par analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• بتواطؤ

  bi-tawāṭuʾb (preposition) + w-ṭ-ʾ (VI, inf)

  par synonymie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: συνωνύμως

• بتوسّط

  bi-tawassuṭb (preposition) + w-s-ṭ (V, inf)

  par l'intermédiaire	Martin (1984)

• بذاته

  bi-ḏātihīb (preposition) + ḏ-w (noun) + (pronoun)

  en soi, en soi-même, par soi	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κάθ᾽ αὑτό
  spontanément	Martin (1984)
  Greek: αὐτομάτως

• بلا زمان

  bi-lā zamānb (preposition) + l-ʾ (negation) + z-m-n (noun)

  instantaneously	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بمساواة المقايسة

  bi-musāwāt al-muqāyasab (preposition) + s-w-y (III, inf) + q-y-s (III, inf)

  par analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• بنوع

  bi-nawʿb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun)

  au sens, de manière, par	Martin (1984)

• بنوع أوّل وتقديم

  bi-nawʿ ʾawwal wa-taqdīmb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun) + ʾ-w-l (elative) + q-d-m (II, inf)

  au sense premier	Martin (1984)
  Greek: πρώτως

• بنوع المنطق

  bi-nawʿ al-manṭiqb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun) + n-ṭ-q (noun)

  suit une méthode logique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: λογικῶς
  suit une méthode dialectique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: διαλεκτικῶς

• بنوع كلّى

  bi-nawʿ kullīb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun) + k-l (adjective)

  en général	Martin (1984)
  Greek: καθόλου

• بنوع مبسوط

  bi-nawʿ mabsūṭb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun) + b-s-ṭ (I, partpass)

  absolu	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἅπλῶς

• بنوع ملائم

  bi-nawʿ mulāʾimb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun) + l-ʾ-m (III, partact)

  par analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• بيّن بنفسه

  bayyin bi-nafsihīb-y-n (adjective) + b (preposition) + n-f-s (noun) + (pronoun)

  self-evident	Butterworth (1986)

• تصوّر بالعقل

  taṣawwur bi-l-ʿaqlṣ-w-r (V, inf) + b (preposition) + ʿ-q-l (noun)

  représentation	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ νόησις

• حركة بالقسر

  ḥaraka bi-l-qasrḥ-r-k (noun) + b (preposition) + q-s-r (noun)

  forced motion	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خاصّة بالإضافة

  ḫāṣṣa bi-l-ʾiḍāfaḫ-ṣ (I, partact, feminine) + b (preposition) + ḍ-y-f (IV, inf)

  relative property	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• شبيه بالصورة

  šabīh bi-l-ṣūraš-b-h (adjective) + b (preposition) + ṣ-w-r (noun)

  même espèce	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁμοειδής

• عقل بالقعل

  ʿaql bi-l-fiʿlʿ-q-l (noun) + b (preposition) + f-ʿ-l (noun)

  actual intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: intellectus in actu

• عقل بالقوّة

  ʿaql bi-l-quwaʿ-q-l (noun) + b (preposition) + q-w-y (noun)

  potential intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عقل بالملكة

  ʿaql bi-l-malakaʿ-q-l (noun) + b (preposition) + m-l-k (noun)

  dispositional intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: intellectus in habitu

• قائم بذاته

  qāʾim bi-ḏātihīq-w-m (I, partact) + b (preposition) + ḏ-w (noun) + (pronoun)

  en soi, par soi-même	Martin (1984)
  Greek: αὐτό

• قائم بنفسه

  qāʾim bi-nafsihīq-w-m (I, partact) + b (preposition) + n-f-s (noun) + (pronoun)

  par soi, par soi-même	Martin (1984)
  Greek: αὐτό

• قابل بالوضع

  qābala bi-l-waḍʿq-b-l (III, verb) + b (preposition) + w-ḍ-ʿ (noun)

  s'opposer	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀντικεῖσθαι

• متقابل بالوضع

  mutaqābil bi-l-waḍʿq-b-l (IV, partact) + b (preposition) + w-ḍ-ʿ (noun)

  ce qui est opposé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἀντικείμενον

• متقابلة بالوضع

  mutaqābila bi-l-waḍʿq-b-l (IV, partact, inanimate plural of متقابل : mutaqābil) + b (preposition) + w-ḍ-ʿ (noun)

  les (choses) opposés, les (choses) opposés par la situation, les (choses) opposés par la position	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ ἀντικείμενα  Latin: ex positis in situ

• مقابل بالوضع

  muqābil bi-l-waḍʿq-b-l (III, partact) + b (preposition) + w-ḍ-ʿ (noun)

  ce qui est opposé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἀντικείμενον

• مقابلة بالوضع

  muqābala bi-l-waḍʿq-b-l (III, inf) + b (preposition) + w-ḍ-ʿ (noun)

  opposition	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀντίθεσις

• ممكن بذاته

  mumkin bi-ḏātihīm-k-n (IV, partact) + b (preposition) + ḏ-w (noun)

  possible in itself	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• هوية بالذات

  huwīya bi-l-ḏāth-w (noun) + b (preposition) + ḏ-w (noun)

  essential identity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بالفعل

  bi-l-fiʿlb (preposition) + f-ʿ-l (noun)

  en acte	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἐνεργείᾳ

• بالقوّة

  bi-l-qūwab (preposition) + q-w-y (noun)

  en puissance	Martin (1984)
  Greek: δυνάμει

• بالمناسبة

  bi-l-munāsabab (preposition) + n-s-b (III, inf)

  par analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• بطريق النسبة

  bi-ṭarīq al-nisbab (preposition) + ṭ-r-q (noun) + n-s-b (noun)

  par analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• هوية بالعرض

  huwīya bi-l-ʿaraḍh-w (noun) + b (preposition) + ʿ-r-ḍ (noun)

  accidental identity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-ḥ-ṯ

• بحث

  baḥṯb-ḥ-ṯ (noun)

  research (through logical demonstration and by using syllogisms)	Gutas (1988)

.

b-ḫ-t

• بخت

  baḫtb-ḫ-t (noun)

  fortune	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ τύχη
  luck	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-ḫ-l

• بخل

  baḫila - yabḫalub-ḫ-l (I, verb, requires preposition بـ : bi-)

  to withhold, to be stingy about	Gutas (1988) Info: antonym of بذل : baḏala

.

b-d-ʾ

• بادئ الراى

  bādiʾ al-raʾyb-d-ʾ (I, partact) + r-ʾ-y (noun)

  unexamined opinion	Butterworth (1977)

• بادئ الراى السابق

  bādiʾ al-raʾy al-sābiqb-d-ʾ (I, partact) + r-ʾ-y (noun) + s-b-q (I, partact)

  unexamined previously existing opinion	Butterworth (1977)

• بادئ الراى المشترك

  bādiʾ al-raʾy al-muštarikb-d-ʾ (I, partact) + r-ʾ-y (noun) + š-r-k (VIII, partact)

  unexamined common opinion	Butterworth (1977)

• مبدأ أوّل

  mabdaʾ ʾawwalb-d-ʾ (noun) + ʾ-w-l (elative)

  first principle	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• إبتداء

  ibtidāʾb-d-ʾ (VIII, inf)

  principe	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀρχή

• ابتداء

  ʾibtidāʾb-d-ʾ (VIII, inf)

  beginning	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بدء

  badʾb-d-ʾ (noun)

  commencement	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀρχὴ
  principe	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀρχή

• مبادئ

  mabādiʾb-d-ʾ (noun, plural of مبدأ : mabdaʾ)

  principes	Martin (1984)
  Greek: αἱ ἀρχαί

• مبدأ

  mabdaʾb-d-ʾ (noun)

  first principle; provenance, place of origin	Gutas (1988)
  commencement	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀρχή
  principe	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀρχή
  starting point, beginning	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  principle	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: principium

.

b-d-ʿ

• إبداع

  ʾibdāʿb-d-ʿ (IV IV, inf)

  création, création éternele	Martin (1984)
  creation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مبدع

  mubdiʿb-d-ʿ (IV, partact)

  creator	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مبدوع

  mabdūʿb-d-ʿ (I, partpass)

  creature	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-d-l

• تبديل

  tabdīlb-d-l (II, inf)

  substitution	Butterworth (1977)

• تبدّل

  tabaddala - yatabaddalub-d-l (V, verb)

  to alter	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  tabaddulb-d-l (V, inf)

  change, replace	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متبادل

  mutabādilb-d-l (VI, partact)

  replace	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-d-n

• بدن

  badanb-d-n (noun)

  body	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-d-h

• المعقولات البديهية

  al-maʿqūlāt al-badīhīyaʿ-q-l (I, partpass, plural) + b-d-h (adjective)

  mentally grasped self-evident axioms, a priori intelligibles	Gutas (1988)

• بديهة

  badīhab-d-h (noun)

  self-evident knowledge, a priori knowledge, spontaneous knowledge	Gutas (1988)

.

b-ḏ-r

• تبذير

  tabḏīrb-ḏ-r (II, inf)

  profligacy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-ḏ-l

• بذل

  baḏala - yabḏilu/yabḏulub-ḏ-l (I, verb)

  to spend freely, to lavish	Gutas (1988) Info: antonym of ضن : ḍanna

• مبتذل

  mubtaḏalb-ḏ-l (VIII, partpass)

  commonplace	Butterworth (1986)

.

b-r

• ّبر

  birrb-r (noun)

  honoring	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-r-ʾ

• بارئ

  bāriʾb-r-ʾ (I, partact)

  creator	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-r-d

• بارد

  bāridb-r-d (partact)

  cold	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• برد

  bardb-r-d (noun)

  cold, coldness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• برودة

  burūdab-r-d (noun)

  coldness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-r-h-n

• برهان

  burhānb-r-h-n (noun)

  demonstration	Butterworth (1977)
  démonstration	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀπόδειξις
  demonstration	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• برهانى

  burhānīb-r-h-n (adjective)

  demonstrativé, apodictique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀποδεικτικός

.

b-z-r

• بزر

  bizrb-z-r (noun)

  sperme	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ σπέρμα

• بزور

  buzūrb-z-r (noun, plural of بزر : bizr)

  sperme	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ σπέρματα

.

b-s-ṭ

• بنوع مبسوط

  bi-nawʿ mabsūṭb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun) + b-s-ṭ (I, partpass)

  absolu	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἅπλῶς

• بساطة

  basāṭab-s-ṭ (noun)

  simplicity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بسيط

  basīṭb-s-ṭ (adjective)

  simple	Butterworth (1986)
  surface	Dhanani (1994)
  absolu, strict; simple	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἁπλοῦς

• مبسوط

  mabsūṭb-s-ṭ (I, partpass)

  absolu, strict	Martin (1984)

.

b-ṣ-r

• بصر

  baṣarb-ṣ-r (noun)

  vision, sight	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-ṭ-l

• باطل

  bāṭilb-ṭ-l (I, partact)

  false; vain, purposeless	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بطل

  baṭala - yabṭulub-ṭ-l (I, verb)

  to perish	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بطلان

  buṭlānb-ṭ-l (noun)

  depletion	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-ʿ-ṯ

• إنبعاث

  inbiʿāṯb-ʿ-ṯ (VII, inf)

  se mettre en mouvement, s'élancer, bondir, jaillir (mal); se déchaîner (passion)	Martin (1984)

.

b-ʿ-d

• علم ما بعد الطبيعيات

  ʿilm mā baʿd al-ṭabīʿīyātʿ-l-m (noun) + m-ʾ (pronoun) + b-ʿ-d (preposition) + ṭ-b-ʿ (noun)

  metaphysics	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علّة بعيدة

  ʿilla baʿīdaʿ-l (noun) + b-ʿ-d (adjective)

  remote cause	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ما بعد الطبيعة

  mā baʿd al-ṭabīʿam-ʾ (pronoun) + b-ʿ-d (preposition) + ṭ-b-ʿ (noun)

  Metaphysique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ μετὰ τὰ φυσικά

• إبعاد

  ʾibʿādb-ʿ-d (IV, inf)

  repelling	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• استبعاد

  ʾistibʿādb-ʿ-d (X, inf)

  probability	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بعد

  baʿdub-ʿ-d (adverb)

  postérieur	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ὓστερον

  buʿdb-ʿ-d (noun)

  dimension; interval, distance	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بعدية

  baʿdīyab-ʿ-d (noun)

  afterness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-q-y

• آخر باقية

  ʾāḫar bāqiyaʾ-ḫ-r (elative) + b-q-y (I, partact)

  autres choses	Martin (1984)

• باق

  bāqinb-q-y (partact)

  remaining	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• باقية

  bāqiyab-q-y (I, partact)

  catégorie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ κατηγορία
  catégories	Martin (1984)
  Greek: αί κατηγορίαι, τὰ κατηγορούμενα, τὰ γένη

• بقاء

  baqāʾb-q-y (noun)

  accident of continuing to exist	Dhanani (1994)
  persisting, perduring	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-l-d

• بلادة

  balādab-l-d (noun)

  stupidity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بلد

  baladb-l-d (noun)

  realm	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-l-ġ

• بلاغة

  balāġab-l-ġ (noun)

  rhetoric	Butterworth (1977)

.

b-l-w

• بلاء

  balāʾb-l-w b-l-y (noun)

  misfortune	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-l-y

• بلاء

  balāʾb-l-w b-l-y (noun)

  misfortune	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-n-t

• بنّت

  bannata - yubannitub-n-t (II, verb)

  to question someone minutely and repeatedly	Gutas (1988)

.

b-h-ǧ

• بهجة

  bahǧab-h-ǧ (noun)

  joy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-h-w

• بهاء

  bahāʾb-h-w (noun)

  splendor	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-w-ḥ

• مباح

  mubāḥb-w-ḥ (IV, partpass)

  permissible	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

b-y-n

• بيّن بنفسه

  bayyin bi-nafsihīb-y-n (adjective) + b (preposition) + n-f-s (noun) + (pronoun)

  self-evident	Butterworth (1986)

• بيّن

  bayyinb-y-n (adjective)

  evident	Butterworth (1986)
  obvious	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• غاية البيان

  ġāyat al-bayānġ-y (noun) + b-y-n (noun)

  self-evident	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مباين

  mubāyinb-y-n (III, partact)

  different, extrinsic	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  mubāyanb-y-n (III, partpass)

  discrete	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مباينة

  mubāyanab-y-n (III, inf)

  difference	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متباين

  mutabāyinb-y-n (VI, partact)

  distinct	Butterworth (1986)

.

t-b-ʿ

• بالطبع

  bi-l-tabʿb (preposition) + t-b-ʿ (noun)

  naturel	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατά φύσιν

• تابع

  tābiʿt-b-ʿ (I I, partact)

  conséquent	Martin (1984)
  conséquence	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἑπόμενον, τὸ παρεπόμενον
  consequence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تبع

  tabiʿa - yatbaʿut-b-ʿ (I, verb)

  suivre	Martin (1984)

• تتابع

  tatābuʿt-b-ʿ (VI, inf)

  continuité	Martin (1984)

• تتبّع

  tatabbuʿt-b-ʿ (V, inf)

  succession	Martin (1984)

• توابع

  tawābiʿt-b-ʿ (I, partact, plural of تابع : tābiʿ)

  conséquences	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ ἑπόμενα, τὰ παρεπόμενα

• طبع

  ṭabʿṭ-b-ʿ (noun)

  nature	Butterworth (1977)
  nature	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  ṭabʿt-b-ʿ (noun)

  nature, intrinsic characteristic, self	Gutas (1988)

.

t-b-q

• مطابق

  muṭābiqt-b-q (III, partact)

  coextensive	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  muṭābaqt-b-q (III, partpass)

  coinciding	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

t-ʿ-b

• تعب

  taʿabt-ʿ-b (noun)

  fatigue	Martin (1984)

.

t-q-d

• تقدّم

  taqaddumt-q-d (V, inf)

  priority	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

t-l-w

• تال

  tālint-l-w (I, partact)

  conditioned	Butterworth (1977)

• تتال

  tatālint-l-w (VI, inf)

  succession	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

t-m

• تمام

  tamāmt-m (noun)

  perfection, accomplissement, achévement, entéléchie, fin, acte, actualité	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἐντελεχεὶα, τὸ τέλος
  completion	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تمامية

  tamāmīyat-m (noun)

  final cause	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ّتام

  tāmmt-m (I, partact)

  perfection	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  complete	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṯ-b-t

• إثبات

  ʾiṯbātṯ-b-t (IV, inf)

  affirmation, establishing the existencen of something	Dhanani (1994)

• ثابت

  ṯābitṯ-b-t (I, partact)

  permanent, enduring	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ثبات

  ṯabātṯ-b-t (noun)

  permanence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ثبت

  ṯabata - yaṯbutuṯ-b-t (I, verb)

  to affirm that something is true; to affirm something to be a possible being	Dhanani (1994)

.

ṯ-r-w

• ثروة

  ṯarwaṯ-r-w (noun)

  wealth	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṯ-q-l

• ثقل

  ṯiqlṯ-q-l (noun)

  heaviness, weight	Dhanani (1994)
  weight, heaviness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  heavy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṯ-n-y

• ثان

  ṯāninṯ-n-y (I, partact)

  secondary	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مستثنى

  mustaṯnanṯ-n-y (X, partpass)

  selected	Butterworth (1977)

.

ǧ-b-r

• جبر

  ǧabrǧ-b-r (noun)

  determinism	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جبروت

  ǧabarūtǧ-b-r (noun)

  omnipotence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مجبرة

  muǧbiraǧ-b-r (IV, partact, feminine)

  determinists	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ǧ-b-l

• جبلّة

  ǧibillaǧ-b-l (noun)

  naturel, disposition naturelle, caractère inné, tréfonds, nature	Martin (1984)

.

ǧ-b-n

• جبن

  ǧubnǧ-b-n (noun)

  timidity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ǧ-ṯ

• جثّة

  ǧuṯṯaǧ-ṯ (noun)

  body	Dhanani (1994)

.

ǧ-d

• تجدّد

  taǧaddudǧ-d (V, inf)

  renewal	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ǧ-d-l

• جدل

  ǧadalǧ-d-l (noun)

  dialectic	Butterworth (1977)
  dialectique, argumentation, controverse, esprit dialectique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ διαλεκτική (τέχνη)
  dialectic	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جدلى

  ǧadalīǧ-d-l (adjective)

  dialectique	Martin (1984) Info: argument dialectique = كلام جدلى : kalām ǧadalī
  Greek: διαλεκτικός

.

ǧ-ḏ-b

• جاذب

  ǧāḏibǧ-ḏ-b (I, partact)

  attraction	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جذب

  ǧaḏbǧ-ḏ-b (noun)

  attraction	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ǧ-r-b

• تجربة

  taǧribaǧ-r-b (II, inf)

  methodic experience	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تخربة

  taǧribaǧ-r-b (II, inf)

  empirical matters, matters based on observation	Gutas (1988)

• مخرّب

  muǧarrabǧ-r-b (II, partpass)

  tested, proven by experience, established by experience	Gutas (1988)

.

ǧ-r-d

• تجريد

  taǧrīdǧ-r-d (II, inf)

  abstraction	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جرّد

  ǧarrada - yuǧarriduǧ-r-d (II, verb)

  to abstract	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مجرّد

  muǧarradǧ-r-d (II, partpass)

  abstracted, in abstraction; separate (from matter)	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: abstractum

.

ǧ-r-m

• جرم روحانى

  ǧirm rūḥānīǧ-r-m (noun) + r-w-ḥ r-y-ḥ (adjective)

  spiritual body	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جرم سماوى

  ǧirm samāwīǧ-r-m (noun) + s-m-w (adjective)

  celestial body	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جرم

  ǧirmǧ-r-m (noun)

  corporeal object	Dhanani (1994)
  body	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ǧ-z-ʾ

• أجزاء غير متجزّئة

  ʾaǧzāʾ ġayr mutaǧazziʾaǧ-z-ʾ (noun, plural of جزء : guzʾ) + ġ-y-r (negation) + ǧ-z-ʾ (V, partact, inanimate plural of متجزئ : mutaǧazziʾ)

  parties indivisibles, atomes	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ μεγέθη τὰ ἄτομα

• أجزاء غير متشابهة

  ʾaǧzāʾ ġayr mutašābihaǧ-z-ʾ (noun, plural of جزء : guzʾ) + ġ-y-r (negation) + š-b-h (VI, partact, inanimate plural of متشابه : mutašābih)

  dissemblables, anhoméomères	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀνόμοια ... μέρη

• الجزء الذى لا يتجزّأ

  al-ǧuzʾ allaḏī lā yataǧazzaʾuǧ-z-ʾ (noun) + ḏ-w (pronoun) + l-ʾ (negation) + ǧ-z-ʾ (V, verb)

  atom	Dhanani (1994)

• جزء لا يتجّأ

  ǧuzʾ lā yataǧazzaʾuǧ-z-ʾ (noun) + l-ʾ (negation) + ǧ-z-ʾ (V, verb)

  indivisible part, atom	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متشابهة اجزاء

  mutašābiha ʾaǧzāʾš-b-h (VI, partact, plural of جزء : guzʾ) + ǧ-z-ʾ (noun, inanimate plural of متشابه : mutašābih)

  homéomères	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ ὁμοιομερῆ

• جزء

  ǧuzʾǧ-z-ʾ (noun)

  particular	Butterworth (1977)
  atom	Dhanani (1994)
  part; degree	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جزئى

  ǧuzʾīǧ-z-ʾ (adjective)

  particular	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جزئيات

  ǧuzʾīyātǧ-z-ʾ (noun, plural of خزئية : ǧuzʾīya)

  êtres individuels, concretes, particuliers, individus, choses individuelles	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστα

• جزئية

  ǧuzʾīyaǧ-z-ʾ (noun, inanimate plural of جزئى : ǧuzʾī)

  individus, chose particulières, chose individuelles	Martin (1984) Info: abridged form of, e.g., أشياء جزئية : ʾašyāʿ ǧuzʾīya
  Greek: τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστα

.

ǧ-z-f

• جزاف

  ǧuzāfǧ-z-f (adjective)

  haphazard	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ǧ-s-m

• جسم سماوى

  ǧism samāwīǧ-s-m (noun) + s-m-w (adjective)

  celestial body	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• صورة الجسمية

  ṣūrat al-ǧismīyaṣ-w-r (noun) + ǧ-s-m (adjective)

  corporeal form	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• غير جسمية

  ġayr ǧismīyaġ-y-r (negation) + ǧ-s-m (noun)

  incorporeal	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• أجسام

  ʾaǧsāmǧ-s-m (noun, plural of جسم : ǧism)

  bodies	Dhanani (1994)

• جسم

  ǧismǧ-s-m (noun)

  body	Dhanani (1994)
  body	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جسمانى

  ǧismānīǧ-s-m (adjective)

  corporeal	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جسمانية

  ǧismānīyaǧ-s-m (noun)

  corporeality	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جسمية

  ǧismīyaǧ-s-m (noun)

  corporeality	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ǧ-l

• جليل

  ǧalīlǧ-l (adjective)

  major	Dhanani (1994)

.

ǧ-l-w

• جلى

  ǧalīǧ-l-w ǧ-l-y (adjective)

  obvious	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ǧ-l-y

• جلى

  ǧalīǧ-l-w ǧ-l-y (adjective)

  obvious	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ǧ-m-ǧ-m

• خمخمة

  ǧamǧamaǧ-m-ǧ-m (noun)

  hesitation, faltering	Gutas (1988)
  Latin: titubacio

.

ǧ-m-ʿ

• العقل الفعّال للجميع

  al-ʿaql al-faʿʿāl li-l-ǧamīʿʿ-q-l (noun) + f-ʿ-l (adjective) + l (preposition) + ǧ-m-ʿ (adjective)

  l'intellect capable de producuire toutes choses	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ δὲ νοῦς τῷ πάντα ποεῖν

• عين الجمع

  ʿayn al-ǧamʿʿ-y-n (noun) + ǧ-m-ʿ (noun)

  substantial union	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة إجماعية

  qūwa ʾiǧmāʿīyaq-w-y (noun) + ǧ-m-ʿ (IV, adjective)

  faculty of resolve	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• إجتماع

  iǧtimāʿǧ-m-ʿ (VIII, inf)

  composé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ σύνολος

• إجماع

  ʾiǧmāʿǧ-m-ʿ (IV IV, inf)

  consensus	Butterworth (1977)
  unanimity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• اجتماع

  iǧtimāʿǧ-m-ʿ (VIII, inf)

  combination	Dhanani (1994)

  ʾiǧtimāʿǧ-m-ʿ (VIII, inf)

  conjunction	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  coinjoined, aggregated	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جامع

  ǧāmiʿǧ-m-ʿ (I, partact)

  generalisation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جميع

  ǧamīʿǧ-m-ʿ (adjective)

  Tout	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ πᾶν

• جوامع

  ǧawāmiʿǧ-m-ʿ (I, partact, plural of جامع : ǧāmiʿ)

  generalisations	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مجتمع

  muǧtamaʿǧ-m-ʿ (VIII, partpass)

  composé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: σύνθετος, σύνολος

• مجمع

  maǧmaʿǧ-m-ʿ (noun)

  gathering place	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مجموع

  maǧmūʿǧ-m-ʿ (I, partpass)

  composé	Martin (1984)
  composé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: σύνθετος, σύνολος

.

ǧ-m-l

• جمال

  ǧamālǧ-m-l (noun)

  beauty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جمل

  ǧumalǧ-m-l (noun, plural of جملة : ǧumla)

  essential elements, essential statements	Gutas (1988)

• جملة

  ǧumlaǧ-m-l (noun)

  composite whole	Dhanani (1994)
  essential element, essential statement; compendium	Gutas (1988)
  Tout	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ὃλον
  totality, whole	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جميل

  ǧamīlǧ-m-l (adjective)

  right	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جميلة

  ǧamīlaǧ-m-l (noun)

  noble	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ǧ-m-h-r

• جمهور

  ǧumhūrǧ-m-h-r (noun)

  multitude	Butterworth (1977)

.

ǧ-n-s

• جنس قريب

  ǧins qarībǧ-n-s (noun) + q-r-b (adjective)

  proximate genus	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• صفة الجنس

  ṣifat al-ǧinsw-ṣ-f (noun) + ǧ-n-s (noun)

  class attribute	Dhanani (1994)

• قلب الأجناس

  qalb al-ʾaǧnāsq-l-b (noun) + ǧ-n-s (noun, pural of جنس : ǧins)

  transformation of class	Dhanani (1994)

• جنس

  ǧinsǧ-n-s (noun)

  genus	Butterworth (1977)
  genus	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متجانس

  mutaǧānisǧ-n-s (VI, partact)

  homogeneous	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مجانس

  muǧānisǧ-n-s (III, partact)

  homogeneous	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ǧ-h-d

• مجاهدة

  muǧāhadaǧ-h-d (III, inf)

  personal effort, diligence	Gutas (1988)

• مجتهد

  muǧtahadǧ-h-d (VIII, partpass)

  diligently pursued	Gutas (1988)

.

ǧ-h-l

• جاهل

  ǧāhilǧ-h-l (partact)

  ignorant	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جهل

  ǧahlǧ-h-l (noun)

  ignorance	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ǧ-w

• ّجو

  ǧawwǧ-w (noun)

  atmosphere	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ǧ-w-d

• جودة

  ǧūdaǧ-w-d (noun)

  goodness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جودة الحدس

  ǧūdat al-ḥadsǧ-w-d (noun) + ḥ-d-s (noun)

  excellence of intuition, (almost) fully developed intuition	Gutas (1988)

.

ǧ-w-l

• مجال

  maǧālǧ-w-l (noun)

  wideranging competence; field, scope	Gutas (1988)

.

ǧ-w-h-r

• صورة جوهرية

  ṣūra ǧawharīyaṣ-w-r (noun) + ǧ-w-h-r (adjective)

  substantial form	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جواهر

  ǧawāhirǧ-w-h-r (noun, plural of جوهر : ǧawhar)

  atoms, substances	Dhanani (1994)

• جوهر

  ǧawharǧ-w-h-r (noun)

  substance	Butterworth (1977)
  atom, substance	Dhanani (1994)
  substance	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ οὐσία
  substance	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جوهرية

  ǧawharīyaǧ-w-h-r (noun)

  substantialité	Martin (1984)
  substantiality	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-b

• محبوب

  maḥbūbḥ-b (I, partpass)

  loved, beloved	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• محبّة

  maḥabbaḥ-b (IV, inf)

  Amour	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ φιλία

.

ḥ-ǧ

• احتجاج

  iḥtiǧāǧḥ-ǧ (VIII, inf)

  argumentation	Butterworth (1986)

• حجّة

  ḥuǧǧaḥ-ǧ (noun)

  proof	Butterworth (1977)
  argument	Gutas (1988)

• ّاحتج

  iḥtaǧǧa - yaḥtaǧǧuḥ-ǧ (VIII, verb)

  to give an argument for something	Butterworth (1986)

.

ḥ-ǧ-m

• حجم

  ḥaǧmḥ-ǧ-m (noun)

  bulk, volume	Dhanani (1994)
  bulk	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• محجمة

  miḥjamaḥ-ǧ-m (noun)

  cupping glass	Dhanani (1994)

.

ḥ-d

• تحديد

  taḥdīdḥ-d (II, inf)

  defining	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حدّ

  ḥaddḥ-d (noun)

  definition	Butterworth (1977)

• حدّ أصغر

  ḥadd ʾaṣġarḥ-d (noun) + š-ġ-r (elative)

  minor term	Butterworth (1977)

• حدّ أعظم

  ḥadd ʾaʿẓamḥ-d (noun) + ʿ-z-m (elative)

  major term	Butterworth (1977)

• حدّ أوسط

  ḥadd ʾawsaṭḥ-d (noun) + w-s-ṭ (elative)

  middle term	Butterworth (1977)

• حدّد

  ḥaddada - yuḥaddiduḥ-d (II, verb)

  to define	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• محدود

  maḥdūdḥ-d (I, partpass)

  delimited, determinate	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ّحد

  ḥaddḥ-d (noun)

  term	Butterworth (1977)
  definition	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ὁ ὁρισμός
  term	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ὁ ὅρος
  définition, c'est-ce qui désigne (indique) la quiddité de la chose	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ ὁρισμός
  definition; limit, limiting point	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-d-ṯ

• إرادة حادثية

  ʾirāda ḥādiṯīyar-w-d (IV, inf) + ḥ-d-ṯ (adjective)

  temporal will	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• إحداث

  ʾiḥdāṯḥ-d-ṯ (IV, inf)

  produire, faire commencer d'être	Martin (1984)
  production (temporelle)	Martin (1984)

• حادث

  ḥādiṯḥ-d-ṯ (I I, partact)

  ce qui commence d'être, ce qui est produit	Martin (1984)
  temporally created, temporally coming to be; temporal	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حدث

  ḥadaṯa - yaḥduṯuḥ-d-ṯ (I, verb)

  commencer d'être, commencer d'exister, survenir, naître, venir à l'existence, prondre naissance	Martin (1984)

• حدوث

  ḥudūṯḥ-d-ṯ (noun)

  temporal creation, origination	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• محدث

  muḥdaṯḥ-d-ṯ (IV IV IV, partpass)

  created	Dhanani (1994)
  created object	Dhanani (1994)
  ce qui a été créé et commence d'être	Martin (1984)
  créé, produit, commencé, engendré	Martin (1984)
  created, temporally created, originiated	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  muḥdiṯḥ-d-ṯ (IV IV, partact)

  ce qui créé, ce qui engendre	Martin (1984)
  creator	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-d-s

• جودة الحدس

  ǧūdat al-ḥadsǧ-w-d (noun) + ḥ-d-s (noun)

  excellence of intuition, (almost) fully developed intuition	Gutas (1988)

• حدس

  ḥadsḥ-d-s (noun)

  intuition, hitting correctly upon the mark	Gutas (1988)
  Greek: ἡ εὐστοχία
  intuition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-d-w

• تحدّ

  taḥaddinḥ-d-w ḥ-d-y (inf)

  challenge	Butterworth (1977)

.

ḥ-d-y

• تحدّ

  taḥaddinḥ-d-w ḥ-d-y (inf)

  challenge	Butterworth (1977)

.

ḥ-ḏ-q

• حذق

  ḥiḏqḥ-ḏ-q (noun)

  proficiency	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-ḏ-w

• محاذاة

  muḥāḏātḥ-ḏ-w (III, inf)

  space, spatial location	Dhanani (1994)

.

ḥ-r

• حارّ غريزى

  ḥārr ġarīzīḥ-r (I, partact) + ġ-r-z (adjective)

  innate heat	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• يحرّر من الدستور

  yuḥarriru min al-dustūrḥ-r (II, verb) + m-n (preposition) + d-s-t-r (noun)

  to make a copy from an archetype	Gutas (1988) Info: technical term for manuscript writing
  Latin: in textualem litteram redigere

• حارّ

  ḥārrḥ-r (I, partact)

  heat, hotness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حرارة

  ḥarāraḥ-r (noun)

  heat, hotness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حرّر

  ḥarrara - yuḥarriruḥ-r (II, verb)

  to copy	Gutas (1988) Info: technical term for manuscript writing
  Latin: in textualem litteram redigere

.

ḥ-r-f

• حرف

  ḥarfḥ-r-f (noun)

  particle	Butterworth (1986)

.

ḥ-r-q

• احتراق

  ʾiḥtirāqḥ-r-q (VIII, inf)

  burning	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-r-k

• حركة اختيارية

  ḥaraka ʾiḫtiyārīyaḥ-r-k (noun) + ḫ-y-r (VIII, adjective)

  voluntary motion	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حركة الإستدارة

  ḥarakat al-istidāraḥ-r-k (noun) + d-w-r (X, inf)

  mouvement de la circularité, mouvement circulare	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ (κίνησις) κύκλῳ

• حركة بالقسر

  ḥaraka bi-l-qasrḥ-r-k (noun) + b (preposition) + q-s-r (noun)

  forced motion	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حركة دورية

  ḥaraka dawrīyaḥ-r-k (noun) + d-w-r (adjective)

  mouvement circulaire	Martin (1984)
  rotation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حركة طبيعية

  ḥaraka ṭabīʿīyaḥ-r-k (noun) + ṭ-b-ʿ (adjective)

  mouvement naturel	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ κίνησις κατά φύσιν

• حركة قسرية

  ḥaraka qasrīyaḥ-r-k (noun) + q-s-r (adjective)

  mouvement forcé, mouvement de contrainte, mouvement compulsif	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ κίνησις βίαιος, ἡ κίνησις παρά φύσιν

• حركة مضاعفة

  ḥaraka muḍāʿafaḥ-r-k (noun) + ḍ-ʿ-f (III, partpass)

  mouvement double	Martin (1984)

• حركة مكانية

  ḥaraka makānīyaḥ-r-k (noun) + k-w-n (adjective)

  locomotion	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة محرّكة

  qūwa muḥarrikaq-w-y (noun) + ḥ-r-k (II, partact)

  motive faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• محرّك أوّل

  muḥarrik ʾawwalḥ-r-k (partact) + ʾ-w-l (elative)

  first mover	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تحريك

  taḥrīkḥ-r-k (II, inf)

  mouvement, action de mouvoir, motricité, motion, impulsion	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ κίνησις, τὸ κινεῖν

• تحرّك

  taḥarrukḥ-r-k (V, inf)

  impulsion reçue, mouvement subi, mouvement provoqué	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ κινεῖσθαι

• حركة

  ḥarakaḥ-r-k (noun)

  accident of motion, motion	Dhanani (1994)
  mouvement	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ κίνησις
  mouvement local, translation	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ φορά
  motion, velocity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• محرّك

  muḥarrikḥ-r-k (II, partact)

  mover	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-r-m

• حرام

  ḥarāmḥ-r-m (adjective)

  unlawful	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-z-m

• حزم

  ḥazmḥ-z-m (noun)

  resolution	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-z-n

• حزن

  ḥuznḥ-z-n (noun)

  sorrow	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-s

• حسّ مشترك

  ḥiss muštarakḥ-s (noun) + š-r-k (VIII, partpass)

  common sense	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة حساسة

  qūwa ḥasāsaq-w-y (noun) + ḥ-s (adjective)

  faculté sensitive	Martin (1984)

• حسّاسة

  ḥassāsaḥ-s (noun)

  sensory perception	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• محسوس

  maḥsūsḥ-s (partpass)

  object of sense	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ّحس

  ḥissḥ-s (noun)

  sense, sensation, sense perception	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: sensatio
  sensory	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-s-b

• حساب

  ḥisābḥ-s-b (noun)

  mathematical computation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-s-d

• تحاسد

  taḥāsudḥ-s-d (VI, inf)

  jealousy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حسد

  ḥasadḥ-s-d (noun)

  envy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حسود

  ḥasūdḥ-s-d (adjective)

  envious	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-s-r

• تحاسر

  taḥāsurḥ-s-r (VI, inf)

  false modesty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-ṣ-r

• حاصر

  ḥāṣirḥ-ṣ-r (I, partact)

  limit	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حصر

  ḥaṣrḥ-ṣ-r (noun)

  churlishness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-ṣ-l

• المحصّل من الحكماء

  al-muḥaṣṣil min al-ḥukamāʾḥ-ṣ-l (II, partact) + m-n (preposition) + ḥ-k-m (adjective, plural of حكيم : ḥakīm)

  a philosopher who has ascertained, verified, and determined the validity of the facts himself	Gutas (1988)

• تحصيل

  taḥṣīlḥ-ṣ-l (II, inf)

  validation, discrimination, determination of validity (through detailed logical analysis and demonstration that includes the middle terms and hence reflects the syllogistic nature of the intelligible world)	Gutas (1988)

• حاصل

  ḥāṣilḥ-ṣ-l (I, partact)

  sum total of actually existing or proferred knowledge/philosophy/theories/ideas	Gutas (1988)

• حصول

  ḥuṣūlḥ-ṣ-l (noun)

  occuring determinately	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حصّل

  ḥaṣṣala - yuḥaṣṣiluḥ-ṣ-l (II, verb)

  to validate, to discriminate, to determine validity (through detailed logical analysis and demonstration that includes the middle terms and hence reflects the syllogistic nature of the intelligible world)	Gutas (1988)
  Greek: ὁρίζειν

• محصول

  maḥṣūlḥ-ṣ-l (I, partpass)

  valid, determined, verified, validated	Gutas (1988)
  verified reformulations, reformulated substance and extract (of, e.g., a philosophical book)	Gutas (1988)

• محصّل

  muḥaṣṣilḥ-ṣ-l (II, partact)

  validating	Gutas (1988)

  muḥaṣṣalḥ-ṣ-l (II II, partpass)

  valid, determined, verified, validated	Gutas (1988)
  Greek: ὡρισμένος
  settled	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-ḍ

• حضيض

  ḥaḍīḍḥ-ḍ (noun)

  perigee	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-f-ẓ

• قوّة حافظة ذاكرة

  qūwa ḥāfiẓa ḏākiraq-w-y (noun) + ḥ-f-ẓ (I, partact) + ḏ-k-r (I, partact)

  faculty of memory	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حفظ

  ḥafiẓa - yaḥfaẓuḥ-f-ẓ (I, verb)

  to preserve	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  ḥifẓḥ-f-ẓ (noun)

  memory, conservation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-q

• اشتراك حقيقى

  ištirāk ḥaqīqīš-r-k (VIII, inf) + ḥ-q (adjective)

  homonym	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تحقيق

  taḥqīqḥ-q (II, inf)

  verification (through detailed logical analysis and demonstration that includes the middle terms and hence reflects the syllogistic nature of the intelligible world)	Gutas (1988)

• تحقّق

  taḥaqquqḥ-q (V V, inf)

  ascertainment (through detailed logical analysis and demonstration that includes the middle terms and hence reflects the syllogistic nature of the intelligible world)	Gutas (1988)
  realization	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  taḥaqqaqa - yataḥaqqaquḥ-q (V, verb)

  to ascertain (through detailed logical analysis and demonstration that includes the middle terms and hence reflects the syllogistic nature of the intelligible world)	Gutas (1988)

• حقيق

  ḥaqīqḥ-q (adjective)

  true	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حقيقة

  ḥaqīqaḥ-q (noun)

  reality, true nature	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حقيقى

  ḥaqīqīḥ-q (adjective)

  authentic	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: κύριος

• حقّ

  ḥaqqḥ-q (noun)

  truth	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  adaptive quality	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Greek: τὸ εὐόριστον

• حقّق

  ḥaqqaqa - yuḥaqqiquḥ-q (II, verb)

  to verify (through detailed logical analysis and demonstration that includes the middle terms and hence reflects the syllogistic nature of the intelligible world)	Gutas (1988)

.

ḥ-k-m

• المحصّل من الحكماء

  al-muḥaṣṣil min al-ḥukamāʾḥ-ṣ-l (II, partact) + m-n (preposition) + ḥ-k-m (adjective, plural of حكيم : ḥakīm)

  a philosopher who has ascertained, verified, and determined the validity of the facts himself	Gutas (1988)

• أحكام

  ʾaḥkāmḥ-k-m (noun, plural of حكم : ḥukm)

  properties	Dhanani (1994)

• تحكّم

  taḥakkumḥ-k-m (V, inf)

  fiat	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حكم

  ḥukmḥ-k-m (noun)

  judgement, decision	Butterworth (1977)
  property	Dhanani (1994)
  judgement, status	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  ḥikamḥ-k-m (noun, plural of حكمة : ḥikma)

  maxims, wisdoms, (different kinds of) philosophical sciences	Gutas (1988)

• حكمة

  ḥikmaḥ-k-m (noun)

  sagesse, philosophie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ σοφία, ἡ φιλοσοφία
  wisdom	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حكمة الذوقية

  ḥikma al-ḏawqīyaḥ-k-m (noun) + ḏ-w-q (noun)

  experiential philosophy	Gutas (1988)

• حكيم

  ḥakīmḥ-k-m (adjective)

  sage, prudent	Martin (1984)
  Greek: σοφός
  Aristote	Martin (1984)
  wise	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-k-y

• محاكاة

  muḥākātḥ-k-y (III, inf)

  representation	Butterworth (1986)

.

ḥ-l

• انحلال

  inḥilālḥ-l (VII, inf)

  disintegration	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تحليل

  taḥlīlḥ-l (II, inf)

  decomposition, analysis	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تحلّل

  taḥallala - yataḥallaluḥ-l (V, verb)

  to disintegrate	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حلال

  ḥalālḥ-l (adjective)

  lawful	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حلول

  ḥulūlḥ-l (noun)

  union, union étroite, inhésion d'un accident dans un sujet	Martin (1984)

• حلّ

  ḥallḥ-l (noun)

  loosing	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ λύσις

  ḥalla - yaḥillu/yaḥulluḥ-l (I, verb)

  venir dans quelque chose et prendre cette chose pour réceptacle	Martin (1984)

  ḥalla - yaḥulluḥ-l (I, verb)

  to settle	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حلّل

  ḥallala - yuḥalliluḥ-l (II, verb)

  to analyze	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• محلّ

  maḥallḥ-l (noun)

  réceptacle, lieu, endroit qui reçoit ce que l'on vient y mettre	Martin (1984)
  receptacle, substrate	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ّحال

  ḥāllḥ-l (I, partact)

  la chose qui vient dans une autre, la chose qui lui est inhérente	Martin (1984)

.

ḥ-l-w

• ّتحل

  taḥallinḥ-l-w ḥ-l-y (V, inf)

  ornamenting	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-l-y

• ّتحل

  taḥallinḥ-l-w ḥ-l-y (V, inf)

  ornamenting	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-m-d

• حمد

  ḥamdḥ-m-d (noun)

  praise	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• محمدة

  maḥmadaḥ-m-d (noun)

  grounds for praise	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-m-l

• حامل

  ḥāmilḥ-m-l (I, partact)

  sujet	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ κατηγόρημα

• حمل

  ḥamala - yaḥmiluḥ-m-l (I, verb)

  attribuer, donner comme prédicat, donner pour prédicat	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατηγορεῖν

  ḥamlḥ-m-l (noun)

  attribution, prédication	Martin (1984)

• حملى

  ḥamalīḥ-m-l (adjective)

  categorical	Butterworth (1977)

  ḥamlīḥ-m-l (adjective)

  categorical	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• محمول

  maḥmūlḥ-m-l (I I I, partpass)

  predicate	Butterworth (1977)
  attribut, prédicat, prédiqué	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ κατηγορούμενον
  predicate	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-m-w

• حمية

  ḥamiyaḥ-m-w ḥ-m-y (noun)

  tempérament	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ὁρμή
  ardeur, ferveur, fougue, enthousiasme, pétulance, véhémence, verve	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ὁρμή

.

ḥ-m-y

• حمية

  ḥamiyaḥ-m-w ḥ-m-y (noun)

  tempérament	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ὁρμή
  ardeur, ferveur, fougue, enthousiasme, pétulance, véhémence, verve	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ὁρμή

.

ḥ-w-ǧ

• حاجة

  ḥāǧaḥ-w-ǧ (noun)

  need	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-w-z

• انحياز

  inḥiyāzḥ-w-z ḥ-y-z (VII, inf)

  distinction	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حيّز

  ḥayyizḥ-w-z ḥ-y-z (adjective)

  occupied space	Dhanani (1994)
  space occupying	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متحيّز

  mutaḥayyizḥ-w-z ḥ-y-z (V, partact)

  space-occupying object	Dhanani (1994)

.

ḥ-w-ṭ

• محيط

  muḥīṭḥ-w-ṭ (IV, partact)

  encompassing	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-w-l

• حيلة مساحية

  ḥīla masāḥīyaḥ-w-l ḥ-y-l (noun) + m-s-ḥ (adjective)

  measuring strategies	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• إستحال

  istaḥāla - yastaḥīluḥ-w-l ḥ-y-l (X, verb)

  changer d'état, changer de nature	Martin (1984)

• إستحالة

  istiḥālaḥ-w-l ḥ-y-l (X, inf)

  alteration, changement (qualitatif), changement par alteration	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀλλοίωσις  Latin: alteratio
  absurdité	Martin (1984)

• استحالة

  istiḥālaḥ-w-l ḥ-y-l (X, inf)

  alteration	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حال

  ḥālḥ-w-l ḥ-y-l (noun)

  attribute	Dhanani (1994)
  disposition	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ διάθεσις
  state, condition, circumstance, characteristic	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حالة

  ḥālaḥ-w-l ḥ-y-l (noun)

  state, condition, circumstance, characteristic	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• محال

  muḥālḥ-w-l ḥ-y-l (IV IV, partpass)

  absurdité	Martin (1984)
  absurde, insensé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἄτοπος
  impossible, absurd	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  absurdity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مستحيل

  mustaḥīlḥ-w-l ḥ-y-l (X, partact)

  absurde	Martin (1984)

.

ḥ-y

• حياة آخر

  ḥayāt ʾāḫirḥ-y ḥ-y-w (noun) + ʾ-ḫ-r (I, partact)

  afterlife	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نفس حيوانية

  nafs ḥayawānīyan-f-s (noun, feminine) + ḥ-y ḥ-y-w (adjective)

  animal soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حياة

  ḥayātḥ-y ḥ-y-w (noun)

  accident of ife	Dhanani (1994)
  life	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-y-ṯ

• حيثية

  ḥayṯīyaḥ-y-ṯ (noun)

  aspect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḥ-y-r

• تحيّر

  taḥayyurḥ-y-r (V, inf)

  aporie, difficulté, probléme	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀπορία, τὸ ἀπόρημα

• حيرة

  ḥayraḥ-y-r (noun)

  stupéfaction, stupeur, embarras, perplexité	Martin (1984)
  aporie, difficulté, probléme	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀπορία, τὸ ἀπόρημα

• متحيّرة

  mutaḥayyiraḥ-y-r (V, partpass, inanimate plural of متحيّر : mutaḥayyir)

  planètes	Martin (1984) Info: abridged form of كواكب متحيّرة : kawākib mutaḫayyira
  Greek: οἱ πλάνητες, οἱ πλανώμενοι (ἀστέρες)

.

ḥ-y-z

• انحياز

  inḥiyāzḥ-w-z ḥ-y-z (VII, inf)

  distinction	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تحيّز

  taḥayyuzḥ-y-z (V, inf)

  spatial occupation	Dhanani (1994)

• حيّز

  ḥayyizḥ-w-z ḥ-y-z (adjective)

  occupied space	Dhanani (1994)
  space occupying	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متحيّز

  mutaḥayyizḥ-w-z ḥ-y-z (V, partact)

  space-occupying object	Dhanani (1994)

.

ḥ-y-l

• حيلة مساحية

  ḥīla masāḥīyaḥ-w-l ḥ-y-l (noun) + m-s-ḥ (adjective)

  measuring strategies	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• إستحال

  istaḥāla - yastaḥīluḥ-w-l ḥ-y-l (X, verb)

  changer d'état, changer de nature	Martin (1984)

• إستحالة

  istiḥālaḥ-w-l ḥ-y-l (X, inf)

  alteration, changement (qualitatif), changement par alteration	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀλλοίωσις  Latin: alteratio
  absurdité	Martin (1984)

• استحالة

  istiḥālaḥ-w-l ḥ-y-l (X, inf)

  alteration	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حال

  ḥālḥ-w-l ḥ-y-l (noun)

  attribute	Dhanani (1994)
  disposition	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ διάθεσις
  state, condition, circumstance, characteristic	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حالة

  ḥālaḥ-w-l ḥ-y-l (noun)

  state, condition, circumstance, characteristic	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• محال

  muḥālḥ-w-l ḥ-y-l (IV IV, partpass)

  absurdité	Martin (1984)
  absurde, insensé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἄτοπος
  impossible, absurd	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  absurdity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مستحيل

  mustaḥīlḥ-w-l ḥ-y-l (X, partact)

  absurde	Martin (1984)

.

ḥ-y-w

• حياة آخر

  ḥayāt ʾāḫirḥ-y ḥ-y-w (noun) + ʾ-ḫ-r (I, partact)

  afterlife	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نفس حيوانية

  nafs ḥayawānīyan-f-s (noun, feminine) + ḥ-y ḥ-y-w (adjective)

  animal soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حياة

  ḥayātḥ-y ḥ-y-w (noun)

  accident of ife	Dhanani (1994)
  life	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḫ-b-r

• خبر مستفيض

  ḫabar mustafīḍḫ-b-r (noun) + f-y-ḍ (X, partact)

  exhaustive report	Butterworth (1977)

• إخبار

  ʾiḫbārḫ-b-r (IV, inf)

  assertoric	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خبر

  ḫabarḫ-b-r (noun)

  report	Butterworth (1977)

.

ḫ-r-ǧ

• خارج عن المركز

  ḫāriǧ ʿan al-markazḫ-r-ǧ (I, partact) + ʿ-n (preposition) + r-k-z (noun)

  eccentric orbit	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• أخرج

  ʾaḫraǧa - yuḫriǧuḫ-r-ǧ (IV, verb)

  to transcribe	Gutas (1988) Info: technical term for manuscript writing

• خارج

  ḫāriǧḫ-r-ǧ (I, partact)

  outside, external	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خروج

  ḫurūǧḫ-r-ǧ (noun)

  emergence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• يخرج من السواد

  yuḫriǧu min al-sawādḫ-r-ǧ (IV, verb) + m-n (preposition) + s-w-d (noun)

  to transcribe [an archetype] from a rough draft	Gutas (1988) Info: technical term for manuscript writing

.

ḫ-r-ʿ

• اختراع

  iḫtirāʿḫ-r-ʿ (VIII, inf)

  origination	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مخترع

  muḫtariʿḫ-r-ʿ (VIII, partact)

  originator	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḫ-r-f

• خرافة

  ḫurāfaḫ-r-f (noun)

  myth	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ὁ μῦθος

.

ḫ-r-q

• مخرقة

  maḫraqaḫ-r-q (noun)

  lying	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḫ-z-n

• خزانة

  ḫizānaḫ-z-n (noun)

  storage	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خزن

  ḫazana - yaḫzunuḫ-z-n (I, verb)

  to save, to store (a copy of a manuscript)	Gutas (1988) Info: technical term for manuscript writing
  Latin: in thesauriolo reponere

• خزّن

  ḫazzana - yuḫazzinuḫ-z-n (II, verb)

  to save, to store (a copy of a manuscript)	Gutas (1988) Info: technical term for manuscript writing
  Latin: in thesauriolo reponere

• مخزون

  maḫzūnḫ-z-n (I, partpass)

  stored	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḫ-s

• خسّة

  ḫissaḫ-s (noun)

  diminuition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḫ-ṣ

• خاصّة بالإضافة

  ḫāṣṣa bi-l-ʾiḍāfaḫ-ṣ (I, partact, feminine) + b (preposition) + ḍ-y-f (IV, inf)

  relative property	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عرض خاصّ

  ʿaraḍ ḫāṣṣʿ-r-ḍ (noun) + ḫ-ṣ (I, partact)

  proper accident	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• وجود خاصّ

  wuǧūd ḫāṣṣw-ǧ-d (noun) + ḫ-ṣ (I, partact)

  proper existence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تخصيص

  taḫṣīṣḫ-ṣ (II, inf)

  specification	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خاصة

  ḫāṣṣaḫ-ṣ (partact)

  property, peculiar characteristic	Butterworth (1977)

• خاصّة

  ḫāṣṣaḫ-ṣ (noun)

  particular characteristic	Butterworth (1986)

  ḫāṣṣaḫ-ṣ (I, partact, feminine)

  specific property	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خصوص

  ḫuṣūṣḫ-ṣ (noun)

  specification	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خصّية

  ḫāṣṣīyaḫ-ṣ (noun)

  special property	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مخصّص

  muḫaṣṣiṣḫ-ṣ (II, partact)

  specific property	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḫ-ṭ

• ّخط

  ḫaṭṭḫ-ṭ (noun)

  line	Dhanani (1994)
  line	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḫ-ṭ-b

• خطابة

  ḫaṭābaḫ-ṭ-b (noun)

  rhetoric	Butterworth (1977)

• خطابى

  ḫiṭābīḫ-ṭ-b (III, adjective)

  oratoire	Martin (1984) Info: argument oratoire = كلام خطابى : kalām ḫiṭābī

.

ḫ-f

• خفيف

  ḫafīfḫ-f (adjective)

  light	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خفّة

  ḫiffaḫ-f (noun)

  lightness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḫ-f-d

• مخفود

  maḫfūdḫ-f-d (I, partpass)

  genitive	Butterworth (1986)

.

ḫ-f-y

• خفى

  ḫafīyḫ-f-y (adjective)

  hidden	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḫ-l-ṭ

• إختلاط

  iḫtilāṭḫ-l-ṭ (VIII, inf)

  mélange	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ σύμφυσις

• اختلاط

  iḫtilāṭḫ-l-ṭ (VIII, inf)

  elemental blend	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خلط

  ḫalṭḫ-l-ṭ (noun)

  Mélange	Martin (1984) Info: describing Empedocles' philosophy
  Greek: τὸ μῖγμα

  ḫilṭḫ-l-ṭ (noun)

  elemental mixture	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خليط

  ḫalīṭḫ-l-ṭ (adjective)

  Mélange	Martin (1984) Info: describing Empedocles' philosophy
  Greek: τὸ μῖγμα

.

ḫ-l-ʿ

• خلع

  ḫalaʿa - yaḫlaʿuḫ-l-ʿ (I, verb)

  to doff	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḫ-l-f

• قياس الخلف

  qiyās al-ḫulfq-y-s (noun) + ḫ-l-f (noun)

  contradictory syllogism	Butterworth (1977)

• خلاف

  ḫilāfḫ-l-f (noun)

  difference, variance	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خلف

  ḫulfḫ-l-f (noun)

  contradiction	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مختلف

  muḫtalifḫ-l-f (VIII, partact)

  variable	Butterworth (1986)

.

ḫ-l-q

• صناعة خلقية

  ṣināʿa ḫulqīyaṣ-n-ʿ (noun) + ḫ-l-q (adjective)

  discipline of ethics	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• أخلاق

  ʾaḫlāqḫ-l-q (noun, plural of خلق : ḫulq)

  ethics	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خالق

  ḫāliqḫ-l-q (I, partact)

  creator	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خلق

  ḫalaqa - yaḫluquḫ-l-q (I, verb)

  créer, créer d'une manière absolue	Martin (1984)

  ḫalqḫ-l-q (noun)

  creation, creative act	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  ḫulqḫ-l-q (noun)

  moral temperament, ethical disposition, manner	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خلقة

  ḫilqaḫ-l-q (noun)

  conformation physique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ μορφή

.

ḫ-l-w

• خلاء

  ḫalāʾḫ-l-w (noun)

  void	Dhanani (1994)
  vide	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ κένον
  void	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḫ-n-ṯ

• مخنّث

  muḫannaṯḫ-n-ṯ (II, partpass)

  transvestite	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḫ-w-f

• خوف

  ḫawfḫ-w-f (noun)

  fear	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḫ-w-n

• خيانة

  ḫiyānaḫ-w-n (noun)

  disloyality	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḫ-y-r

• حركة اختيارية

  ḥaraka ʾiḫtiyārīyaḥ-r-k (noun) + ḫ-y-r (VIII, adjective)

  voluntary motion	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• اختيار

  iḫtiyārḫ-y-r (VIII, inf)

  choice	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خير

  ḫayrḫ-y-r (adjective)

  good	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خيرة

  ḫayraḫ-y-r (noun)

  virtue	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مختار

  muḫtārḫ-y-r (IV, partpass)

  voluntary, willing	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḫ-y-l

• قوّة خيالية

  qūwa ḫayālīyaq-w-y (noun) + ḫ-y-l (adjective)

  imagery faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة متخيّلة

  qūwa mutaḫayyilaq-w-y (noun) + ḫ-y-l (V V, partact)

  faculté imaginative	Martin (1984)
  imaginative faculty, imaginative power	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: vis imaginativa

• تخييل

  taḫyīlḫ-y-l (II II, inf)

  imaginative representation	Butterworth (1977)
  imitation	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ μίμησις

• تخيّل

  taḫayyulḫ-y-l (V V, inf)

  imaginative representation	Butterworth (1977)
  imagination	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خيال

  ḫayālḫ-y-l (noun)

  imagery (faculty)	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• خيالة

  ḫayālaḫ-y-l (noun)

  representation	Butterworth (1977)
  image	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متخيّل

  mutaḫayyilḫ-y-l (V, partact)

  imagined	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  object of imagination	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

d-b-r

• تدبير

  tadbīrd-b-r (II, inf)

  design, order	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مدبّر

  mudabbird-b-r (II, partact)

  ruler	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مدبّرة

  muddabirad-b-r (II, partact, feminine)

  organizing principle	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

d-ḫ-l

• اسم دخيل

  ism daḫīls-m s-m-y (noun) + d-ḫ-l (adjective)

  alien noun	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ γλῶττα

• داخل

  dāḫild-ḫ-l (I, partact)

  internal	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مداخلة

  mudāḫalad-ḫ-l (III III, inf)

  interpenetration	Dhanani (1994)
  interpenetration	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

d-r-ǧ

• درجة

  daraǧad-r-ǧ (noun)

  degree	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

d-r-k

• قوّة مدركة

  qūwa mudrikaq-w-y (noun) + d-r-k (IV, partact)

  faculty of perception	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• إدراك

  ʾidrākd-r-k (IV IV, inf)

  perception, perception sensible, perception intellectuelle	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι, τὸ νοεῖν
  perception	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مدرك

  mudrikd-r-k (IV, partact)

  celui qui perçoit, celui qui saisit	Martin (1984)

.

d-s-t-r

• يحرّر من الدستور

  yuḥarriru min al-dustūrḥ-r (II, verb) + m-n (preposition) + d-s-t-r (noun)

  to make a copy from an archetype	Gutas (1988) Info: technical term for manuscript writing
  Latin: in textualem litteram redigere

• دستور

  dustūrd-s-t-r (noun)

  archetype	Gutas (1988) Info: technical term for manuscript writing
  Latin: prima notula

.

d-f-ʿ

• اندفاع

  indifāʿd-f-ʿ (VII, inf)

  repulsion	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• دافع

  dāfaʿa - yudāfiʿud-f-ʿ (III, verb)

  to resist	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• دفع

  dafʿd-f-ʿ (noun)

  dispelling	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مدافع

  mudāfiʿd-f-ʿ (III, partact)

  resistence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

d-q

• دقيق

  daqīqd-q (adjective)

  subtle	Dhanani (1994)

.

d-l

• دليل أشبه

  dalīl ʾašbahd-l (noun) + š-b-h (elative)

  specious proof	Butterworth (1977)

• دليل مشتبه

  dalīl muštabahd-l (noun) + š-b-h (VIII, partpass)

  doubtful proof	Butterworth (1977)

• استدلال

  istidlāld-l (X X, inf)

  discovery	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ ἀναγνώρισις
  inference	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• دلائل

  dalāʾild-l (noun, plural of دليل : dalīl)

  preuves indicatives	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ σημεῖα

• دلالة

  dalālad-l (noun)

  proof, argument, indication	Dhanani (1994)
  signifying	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• دليل

  dalīld-l (noun)

  proof	Butterworth (1977)
  preuve indicative	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ σημεῖον
  proof	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

d-h-r

• دهر

  dahrd-h-r (noun)

  eternity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• دهرى

  dahrīd-h-r (adjective)

  materialist, adherent of the dahrīya	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• دهرية

  dahrīyad-h-r (noun)

  Materialists	Dhanani (1994)

.

d-h-š

• دهش

  dahišd-h-š (adjective)

  wonder	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

d-w-r

• بالدور

  bi-l-dawrb (preposition) + d-w-r (noun)

  selon un cycle	Martin (1984)

• حركة الإستدارة

  ḥarakat al-istidāraḥ-r-k (noun) + d-w-r (X, inf)

  mouvement de la circularité, mouvement circulare	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ (κίνησις) κύκλῳ

• حركة دورية

  ḥaraka dawrīyaḥ-r-k (noun) + d-w-r (adjective)

  mouvement circulaire	Martin (1984)
  rotation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فلك تدوير

  falak tadwīrf-l-k (noun) + d-w-r (II, inf)

  epicycle	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• إدارة

  ʾidārad-w-r (IV, inf)

  reversal	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ περιπέτεια

• إستدارة

  istidārad-w-r (X, inf)

  mouvement circulaire	Martin (1984)
  rotondité	Martin (1984)

• دائر

  dāʾird-w-r (I, partact)

  cyclical	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• دور

  dawrd-w-r (noun)

  rotation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• دورى

  dawrīd-w-r (adjective)

  circulaire	Martin (1984)

• مدوّر

  mudawward-w-r (II, partpass)

  rond	Martin (1984)

• مستدير

  mustadīrd-w-r (X, partact)

  revolving, circular, rond	Martin (1984)
  Greek: στρογγύλος

• ًدورا

  dawrand-w-r (adverb)

  circularly	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

d-w-m

• عرض دائم

  ʿaraḍ dāʿimʿ-r-ḍ (noun) + d-w-m (I, partact)

  permanent accident	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• دائم

  dāʾimd-w-m (I I, partact)

  éternel a parte post	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀΐδιος
  perpetual	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  always	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• دام

  dāma - yadūmud-w-m (I, verb)

  to endure	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• دوام

  dawāmd-w-m (III, inf)

  éternité, éternité a parte post	Martin (1984)

• ّدائما

  dāʾimand-w-m (adverb)

  toujours, éternellement	Martin (1984)
  il durera toujours	Martin (1984)

.

d-w-y

• دواء

  dawāʾd-w-y (noun)

  medicine, drug	Butterworth (1977)

.

ḏ-b-l

• ذبول

  ḏubūlḏ-b-l (noun)

  deterioration	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḏ-r-w

• ذروة

  ḏurwaḏ-r-w ḏ-r-y (noun)

  epicycle	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḏ-r-y

• ذروة

  ḏurwaḏ-r-w ḏ-r-y (noun)

  epicycle	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḏ-k-r

• قوّة حافظة ذاكرة

  qūwa ḥāfiẓa ḏākiraq-w-y (noun) + ḥ-f-ẓ (I, partact) + ḏ-k-r (I, partact)

  faculty of memory	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ذكر

  ḏikrḏ-k-r (noun)

  memory, recollection	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḏ-k-w

• ذكاء

  ḏakāʾḏ-k-w ḏ-k-y (noun)

  acumen	Gutas (1988)
  Greek: ἡ ἀγχίνοια
  acumen	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḏ-k-y

• ذكاء

  ḏakāʾḏ-k-w ḏ-k-y (noun)

  acumen	Gutas (1988)
  Greek: ἡ ἀγχίνοια
  acumen	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḏ-m

• ذمّ

  ḏammḏ-m (noun)

  blame	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مذمّة

  maḏammaḏ-m (noun)

  grounds for blame	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḏ-h-b

• ذاهب

  ḏāhibḏ-h-b (I, partact)

  perishing	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مذهب

  maḏhabḏ-h-b (noun)

  method, method of composition	Gutas (1988)

.

ḏ-h-n

• فى الذهن

  fī l-ḏihnf-y (preposition) + ḏ-h-n (noun)

  dans l'esprit	Martin (1984)

• ذهن

  ḏihnḏ-h-n (noun)

  esprit	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ διάνοια
  mind, understanding	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ذهنى

  ḏihnīḏ-h-n (adjective)

  mental object	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḏ-w

• أوّلاً وبذات

  ʾawwalan wa-bi-ḏātʾ-w-l (adverb) + w (conjunction) + b (preposition) + ḏ-w (noun)

  par soi, immédiatement et par soi	Martin (1984)
  Greek: πρῶτον καθ᾽ αὑτό

• الجزء الذى لا يتجزّأ

  al-ǧuzʾ allaḏī lā yataǧazzaʾuǧ-z-ʾ (noun) + ḏ-w (pronoun) + l-ʾ (negation) + ǧ-z-ʾ (V, verb)

  atom	Dhanani (1994)

• العقل الذى بالملكة

  al-ʿaql allaḏī bi-l-malakaʿ-q-l (noun) + ḏ-w (pronoun) + b (preposition) + m-l-k (noun)

  intellect in habitu	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ νοῦς ἔχων ἕξιν, ὁ ἐν ἕξει νοῦς, ὁ νοῦς καθ᾽ ἕξιν

• العقل الذى من إكتساب

  al-ʿaql allaḏī min iktisābʿ-q-l (noun) + ḏ-w (pronoun) + m-n (preposition) + k-s-b (VIII, inf)

  intellect acquis	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ νοῦς ἐπίκτητος

• العقل الذى هو ملكة لنفس

  al-ʿaql allaḏī huwa malaka li-nafsʿ-q-l (noun) + ḏ-w (pronoun) + h-w (pronoun) + m-l-k (noun) + l (preposition) + n-f-s (noun)

  l'intellect qui est une habitu de l'âme	Martin (1984)

• بالذات

  bi-l-ḏātb (preposition) + ḏ-w (noun)

  essentially	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بذاته

  bi-ḏātihīb (preposition) + ḏ-w (noun) + (pronoun)

  en soi, en soi-même, par soi	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κάθ᾽ αὑτό
  spontanément	Martin (1984)
  Greek: αὐτομάτως

• صفة الذات

  ṣifat al-ḏātw-ṣ-f (noun) + ḏ-w (noun)

  attribute of the essence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فصل ذاتى

  faṣl ḏātīf-ṣ-l (noun) + ḏ-w (adjective)

  essential difference	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قائم بذاته

  qāʾim bi-ḏātihīq-w-m (I, partact) + b (preposition) + ḏ-w (noun) + (pronoun)

  en soi, par soi-même	Martin (1984)
  Greek: αὐτό

• ممكن بذاته

  mumkin bi-ḏātihīm-k-n (IV, partact) + b (preposition) + ḏ-w (noun)

  possible in itself	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• هوية بالذات

  huwīya bi-l-ḏāth-w (noun) + b (preposition) + ḏ-w (noun)

  essential identity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ذات

  ḏātḏ-w (noun)

  essence	Butterworth (1977)
  thing, object, essence	Dhanani (1994)
  essence	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ οὐσία
  essence; being, entity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ذاتى

  ḏātīḏ-w (adjective)

  essential	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ذاتية

  ḏātīyaḏ-w (noun)

  essentiality	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ذوات

  ḏawātḏ-w (noun, plural of دات : ḏāt)

  things, objects, essences	Dhanani (1994)

.

ḏ-w-q

• حكمة الذوقية

  ḥikma al-ḏawqīyaḥ-k-m (noun) + ḏ-w-q (noun)

  experiential philosophy	Gutas (1988)

• ذوق

  ḏawqḏ-w-q (noun)

  experience, direct experience	Gutas (1988)

.

ḏ-y-ʿ

• ذائع

  ḏāʾiʿḏ-y-ʿ (I, partact)

  widespread	Butterworth (1977)

.

r-ʾ-s

• رئاسة

  riʾāsar-ʾ-s (noun)

  leadership	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-ʾ-y

• بادئ الراى

  bādiʾ al-raʾyb-d-ʾ (I, partact) + r-ʾ-y (noun)

  unexamined opinion	Butterworth (1977)

• بادئ الراى السابق

  bādiʾ al-raʾy al-sābiqb-d-ʾ (I, partact) + r-ʾ-y (noun) + s-b-q (I, partact)

  unexamined previously existing opinion	Butterworth (1977)

• بادئ الراى المشترك

  bādiʾ al-raʾy al-muštarikb-d-ʾ (I, partact) + r-ʾ-y (noun) + š-r-k (VIII, partact)

  unexamined common opinion	Butterworth (1977)

• رأى

  raʾā - yarār-ʾ-y (verb)

  to deliberate	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  raʾyr-ʾ-y (noun)

  opinion, judgement, concept, theorem	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• رؤية

  ruʾyar-ʾ-y (noun)

  pensée	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ διάνοια
  vue intellectuelle; évidence	Martin (1984)
  deliberation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• راء

  rāʾinr-ʾ-y (I, partact)

  théorétique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: θεωρητικός

• رائية

  rāʾiyar-ʾ-y (I, partact, inanimate plural of راء : rāʾin)

  sciences théorétiques	Martin (1984)

• راى

  raʾyr-ʾ-y (noun)

  opinion	Butterworth (1977)
  contemplation, opinion, impression	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ θεωρία, ἡ γνώμη, ἡ διάνοια, ἡ δόξα

  raʾā - yarār-ʾ-y (I, verb)

  voir, juger, croire	Martin (1984)
  Greek: θεωρεῖν

• مراءاة

  murāʾātr-ʾ-y (III, inf)

  hypocrisy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مراآة

  murāʾātr-ʾ-y (III, inf)

  hypocrisy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-b-ṭ

• رباط

  ribāṭr-b-ṭ (noun)

  binding	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ δέσις
  conjunction	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ὁ σύνδεσμος
  nexus	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-b-ʿ

• تربيع

  tarbīʿr-b-ʿ (II, inf)

  quadrature	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-b-w

• ربوية

  rubuwīyar-b-w (noun)

  augmentation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-t-b

• لا ترتيب

  lā tartībl-ʾ (negation) + r-t-b (II, inf)

  desordre	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀταξία

• ترتيب

  tartībr-t-b (II II, inf)

  ordre, agencement	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ τάξις
  regulation, order	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• رتبة

  rutbar-t-b (noun)

  rank	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• رتّب

  rattaba - yurattibur-t-b (II, verb)

  to order	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مرتبة

  martabar-t-b (noun)

  level	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-ǧ-ḥ

• رجّح

  raǧǧaḥa - yuraǧǧiḥur-ǧ-ḥ (II, verb)

  to determine selectively	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مرجّح

  muraǧǧiḥr-ǧ-ḥ (II, partact)

  selectively determining factor, selectively determining feature	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-ǧ-l

• هذا الرجل

  hāḏā l-raǧulh-ḏ (pronoun) + r-ǧ-l (noun)

  cet homme	Martin (1984) Info: depends upon context; may specify, e.g., Aristotle, Avicenna, Alexander of Aphrodisias, al-Ghazālī

• مرتجل

  murtaǧalr-ǧ-l (VIII, partpass)

  improvised	Butterworth (1986)

.

r-ḫ-m

• مرخّم

  muraḫḫamr-ḫ-m (II, partpass)

  elided	Butterworth (1986)

.

r-ḫ-w

• تراخ

  tarāḫinr-ḫ-w r-ḫ-y (VI, inf)

  delay	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-ḫ-y

• تراخ

  tarāḫinr-ḫ-w r-ḫ-y (VI, inf)

  delay	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-d-ʾ

• ردىء

  radīʾr-d-ʾ (adjective)

  evil	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-d-f

• اسم مترادف

  ism mutarādifs-m s-m-y (noun) + r-d-f (VI, partact)

  consignificant noun	Butterworth (1986)

• أردف

  ʾardafa - yurdifur-d-f (IV, verb)

  to complement	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مترادف

  mutarādifr-d-f (VI, partact)

  synonyme	Martin (1984)

• مرادف

  murādifr-d-f (III, partact)

  synonyme	Martin (1984)

.

r-ḏ-l

• رذيلة

  raḏīlar-ḏ-l (noun)

  vice	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-s-m

• رسم

  rasmr-s-m (noun)

  statement which is neither definition nor description	Butterworth (1977)
  description, définition descriptive	Martin (1984)
  description, impression	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• رسميون

  rasmīyūnr-s-m (adjective, plural of رسمى : rasmī)

  superficial scholars	Gutas (1988)

.

r-ṭ-b

• رطوبة

  ruṭūbar-ṭ-b (noun)

  wetness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-ʿ-d

• رعدة

  raʿdar-ʿ-d (noun)

  involuntary motion	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-f-ʿ

• ارتفع

  irtafaʿa - yartafiʿur-f-ʿ (VIII, verb)

  to be eliminated	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-q

• رقّ

  riqqr-q (noun)

  slavery	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-k-b

• تركيب

  tarkībr-k-b (II II II, inf)

  composition	Dhanani (1994)
  composition	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ σύνθεσις
  composition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ركّب

  rakkaba - yurakkibur-k-b (II, verb)

  to combine	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مركّب

  murakkabr-k-b (II II II, partpass)

  compound	Butterworth (1986)
  compound	Butterworth (1986)
  composé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: σύνθετος, σύνολος
  composite, combined, composed	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-k-z

• خارج عن المركز

  ḫāriǧ ʿan al-markazḫ-r-ǧ (I, partact) + ʿ-n (preposition) + r-k-z (noun)

  eccentric orbit	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مركز

  markazr-k-z (noun)

  space	Dhanani (1994)

.

r-m-z

• رمز

  ramzr-m-z (noun)

  riddle	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: τὸ αἴνιγμα
  symbol, allegory	Gutas (1988)

• رموز

  rumūzr-m-z (noun, plural of رمز : ramz)

  symbols	Gutas (1988)

.

r-w-ḥ

• جرم روحانى

  ǧirm rūḥānīǧ-r-m (noun) + r-w-ḥ r-y-ḥ (adjective)

  spiritual body	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• صورة روحانية

  ṣūra rūḥānīyaṣ-w-r (noun) + r-w-ḥ r-y-ḥ (adjective)

  incorporeal form	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• راحة

  rāḥar-w-ḥ r-y-ḥ (noun)

  relaxation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• رحانى

  ruḥānīr-w-ḥ r-y-ḥ (adjective)

  incorporeal; spiritual	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• روح

  rūḥr-w-ḥ r-y-ḥ (noun)

  pneuma	Dhanani (1994)
  spirit	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-w-d

• إرادة أزلية

  ʾirāda ʾazalīyar-w-d (IV, inf) + ʾ-z-l (adjective)

  eternal will	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• إرادة حادثية

  ʾirāda ḥādiṯīyar-w-d (IV, inf) + ḥ-d-ṯ (adjective)

  temporal will	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• إرادة قديمة

  ʾirāda qadīmar-w-d (IV, inf) + q-d-m (adjective)

  eternal will	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• إرادة

  ʾirādar-w-d (IV IV, inf)

  accident of willing	Dhanani (1994)
  will, willing, volition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: voluntas

• إرادى

  ʾirādīr-w-d (IV, adjective)

  volitional	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-w-y

• قوّة مروّية

  qūwa murawwīyaq-w-y (noun) + r-w-y (II, partact)

  deliberative faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ّمرو

  murawwinr-w-y (II, partact)

  deliberative	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

r-y-ḥ

• جرم روحانى

  ǧirm rūḥānīǧ-r-m (noun) + r-w-ḥ r-y-ḥ (adjective)

  spiritual body	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• صورة روحانية

  ṣūra rūḥānīyaṣ-w-r (noun) + r-w-ḥ r-y-ḥ (adjective)

  incorporeal form	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• راحة

  rāḥar-w-ḥ r-y-ḥ (noun)

  relaxation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• رحانى

  ruḥānīr-w-ḥ r-y-ḥ (adjective)

  incorporeal; spiritual	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• روح

  rūḥr-w-ḥ r-y-ḥ (noun)

  pneuma	Dhanani (1994)
  spirit	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

z-r-ʿ

• زرع

  zarʿz-r-ʿ (noun)

  sperme, semence	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ σπέρμα, ἡ γονή
  seed	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

z-m-n

• بلا زمان

  bi-lā zamānb (preposition) + l-ʾ (negation) + z-m-n (noun)

  instantaneously	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• زمان

  zamānz-m-n (noun)

  time	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• زمان مضاف

  zamān muḍāfz-m-n (noun) + ḍ-y-f (IV, partpass)

  relative time	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

z-w-l

• إزالة

  ʾizālaz-w-l z-y-l (IV, inf)

  eradication	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• زوال

  zawālz-w-l z-y-l (adjective)

  transitory	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

z-y-d

• زيادة

  ziyādaz-y-d (noun)

  accroissement quantitatif, augmentation	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ αὔξησις
  excess	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

z-y-l

• إزالة

  ʾizālaz-w-l z-y-l (IV, inf)

  eradication	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• زوال

  zawālz-w-l z-y-l (adjective)

  transitory	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

z-y-n

• اسم مزيّن

  ism muzayyans-m s-m-y (noun) + z-y-n (II, partpass)

  ornamental noun	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ὁ κόσμος

• تزيين

  tazyīnz-y-n (II, inf)

  adorning	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• زينة

  zīnaz-y-n (noun)

  adornment	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-ʾ-l

• مسئلة العويص

  masʾalat al-ʿawīṣs-ʾ-l (I, inf) + ʿ-w-ṣ (adjective)

  question difficile, question obscure, question ambiguë	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀπορία, τὸ ἀπόρημα

• مسئلة غامض

  masʾala ġāmiḍs-ʾ-l (I, inf) + ġ-m-ḍ (I, partact)

  question difficile, question obscure	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀπορία

• مسألة

  masʾalas-ʾ-l (noun)

  problem	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-b

• سبب أوّل

  sabab ʾawwals-b (noun) + ʾ-w-l (elative)

  First Cause; means	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• سبب

  sababs-b (noun)

  cause	Butterworth (1977)
  cause	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ αἴτιον
  cause	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مسبّب

  musabbabs-b (II, partpass)

  effect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مسبّة

  masabbas-b (noun)

  shame	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-b-q

• بادئ الراى السابق

  bādiʾ al-raʾy al-sābiqb-d-ʾ (I, partact) + r-ʾ-y (noun) + s-b-q (I, partact)

  unexamined previously existing opinion	Butterworth (1977)

• سابق العلم

  sābiq al-ʿilms-b-q (I, partact) + ʿ-l-m (noun)

  foreknowledge	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-ḫ-r

• سخّر

  saḫḫara - yusaḫḫirus-ḫ-r (II, verb)

  to subjugate	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-ḫ-w

• سخاء

  saḫāʾs-ḫ-w s-ḫ-y (noun)

  generosity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-ḫ-y

• سخاء

  saḫāʾs-ḫ-w s-ḫ-y (noun)

  generosity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-r

• أسرار

  ʾasrārs-r (noun, plural of سرّ : sirr)

  innermost ideas, secrets	Gutas (1988)

• سرور

  surūrs-r (noun)

  delight	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• سرّ

  sirrs-r (noun)

  self; secret, inner meaning, something hidden from view because stored deep inside something else	Gutas (1988)

.

s-r-m-d

• سرمدى

  sarmadīs-r-m-d (adjective)

  toujours, éternellement, éternel	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀΐδιος

.

s-r-y

• سار

  sārins-r-y (I, partact)

  pervading	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• سرى

  sarā - yasrīs-r-y (verb)

  to creep, to pervade	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-ṭ-ḥ

• سطح

  saṭḥs-ṭ-ḥ (noun)

  surface	Dhanani (1994)
  surface	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-ṭ-ḫ-y-a

• اسطوخيا

  usṭūḫiyās-ṭ-ḫ-y-a (noun)

  colonne, série parallèle, série des opposés	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ συστοιχία

.

s-ṭ-q-s

• اسطقس

  isṭaqiss-ṭ-q-s (noun)

  element	Butterworth (1977)

  usṭuqusss-ṭ-q-s (noun)

  élément	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ στοιχεῖον

.

s-ʿ-d

• سعادة

  saʿādas-ʿ-d (noun)

  happiness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-ʿ-y

• saʿā - yasʿā

  سعىs-ʿ-y (verb)

  to strive	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-f-ḥ

• سفحة

  safḥas-f-ḥ (noun)

  plane	Dhanani (1994)

.

s-f-s-ṭ

• سفسطة

  safsaṭas-f-s-ṭ (noun)

  sophistry	Butterworth (1977)
  sophistry, making something wrong seem right	Gutas (1988)

• سوفسطانى

  sūfisṭānīs-f-s-ṭ (adjective)

  sophistique	Martin (1984)

.

s-q-m

• سقم

  suqms-q-m (noun)

  disease	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-k-n

• سكون

  sukūns-k-n (noun)

  rest	Dhanani (1994)
  rest, acquiescence of the soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-l-b

• سالب

  sālibs-l-b (I, partact)

  negative	Butterworth (1977)

• سلب

  salbs-l-b (noun)

  negation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• سلبى

  salbīs-l-b (adjective)

  negative	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-l-s-l

• سلسلة

  silsilas-l-s-l (noun)

  series	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-l-w

• سلوة

  salwas-l-w (noun)

  consolation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-m

• إسم مشترك

  ʾism muštariks-m s-m-y (noun) + š-r-k (VIII, partact)

  homonyme	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ὁμώνυμον

• اسم دخيل

  ism daḫīls-m s-m-y (noun) + d-ḫ-l (adjective)

  alien noun	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ γλῶττα

• اسم مترادف

  ism mutarādifs-m s-m-y (noun) + r-d-f (VI, partact)

  consignificant noun	Butterworth (1986)

• اسم متواطئى

  ism mutawāṭiʾīs-m s-m-y (noun) + w-ṭ-ʾ (VI, partact)

  synonymous noun	Butterworth (1986)

• اسم مزيّن

  ism muzayyans-m s-m-y (noun) + z-y-n (II, partpass)

  ornamental noun	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ὁ κόσμος

• اسم معمول

  ism maʿmūls-m s-m-y (noun) + ʿ-m-l (I, partpass)

  coined noun	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: τὸ ὄνομα πεποιημένον

• اسم

  isms-m s-m-y (noun)

  noun	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: τὸ ὄνομα
  name, term	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-m-ʿ

• سماع

  samāʿs-m-ʿ (noun)

  la Physique d'Aristote	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ (Φυσικὴ) Ἀκρόασις

.

s-m-w

• جرم سماوى

  ǧirm samāwīǧ-r-m (noun) + s-m-w (adjective)

  celestial body	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جسم سماوى

  ǧism samāwīǧ-s-m (noun) + s-m-w (adjective)

  celestial body	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نفس سماوية

  nafs samāwīyan-f-s (noun, feminine) + s-m-w (adjective)

  celestial soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• سماء أولى

  samāʾ ʾūlās-m-w (noun, feminine) + ʾ-w-l (elative, feminine)

  first heaven	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-m-y

• إسم مشترك

  ʾism muštariks-m s-m-y (noun) + š-r-k (VIII, partact)

  homonyme	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ὁμώνυμον

• اسم دخيل

  ism daḫīls-m s-m-y (noun) + d-ḫ-l (adjective)

  alien noun	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ γλῶττα

• اسم مترادف

  ism mutarādifs-m s-m-y (noun) + r-d-f (VI, partact)

  consignificant noun	Butterworth (1986)

• اسم متواطئى

  ism mutawāṭiʾīs-m s-m-y (noun) + w-ṭ-ʾ (VI, partact)

  synonymous noun	Butterworth (1986)

• اسم مزيّن

  ism muzayyans-m s-m-y (noun) + z-y-n (II, partpass)

  ornamental noun	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ὁ κόσμος

• اسم معمول

  ism maʿmūls-m s-m-y (noun) + ʿ-m-l (I, partpass)

  coined noun	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: τὸ ὄνομα πεποιημένον

• اشتراك الاسم

  ištirāk al-ismš-r-k (VIII, inf) + s-m-y (noun)

  homonymity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• اسم

  isms-m s-m-y (noun)

  noun	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: τὸ ὄνομα
  name, term	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-n

• أهل السنّة

  ʾahl al-sunnaʾ-h-l (noun) + s-n (noun)

  orthodox muslims	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• سنّة مكتوبة

  sunna maktūbas-n (noun) + k-t-b (I, partpass)

  recorded tradition	Butterworth (1977)

• سنّة

  sunnas-n (noun)

  tradition	Butterworth (1977)
  sanctioned practice, customary course	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-n-ḫ

• سنخ

  sinḫs-n-ḫ (noun)

  root	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-h-l

• سهولة

  suhūlas-h-l (noun)

  ease	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-w-ʾ

• سوء العشرة

  sūʾ al-ʿišras-w-ʾ (noun) + ʿ-š-r (noun)

  antisocial	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• سوء

  sūʾs-w-ʾ (noun)

  evil	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-w-d

• سواد

  sawāds-w-d (noun)

  draft, rough draft	Gutas (1988) Info: technical term for manuscript writing

• يخرج من السواد

  yuḫriǧu min al-sawādḫ-r-ǧ (IV, verb) + m-n (preposition) + s-w-d (noun)

  to transcribe [an archetype] from a rough draft	Gutas (1988) Info: technical term for manuscript writing

.

s-w-s

• علم السياسة

  ʿilm al-siyāsaʿ-l-m (noun) + s-w-s (noun)

  governing policy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فلسفة سياسية

  falsafa siyāsīyaf-l-s-f (noun) + s-w-s (adjective)

  philosophy of governance	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• سياسة

  siyāsas-w-s (noun)

  power to rule, governing policy, governance	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-w-q

• مساوق

  musāwiqs-w-q (III, partact)

  concurrent	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-w-y

• بمساواة المقايسة

  bi-musāwāt al-muqāyasab (preposition) + s-w-y (III, inf) + q-y-s (III, inf)

  par analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• تساوى المقايسة

  tasāwī l-muqāyasas-w-y (VI, inf) + q-y-s (III, inf)

  analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀναλογία

• مساويا فى النوع

  musāwiyan fī l-nawʿs-w-y (III, partact) + f-y (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun)

  même espèce	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁμοειδής

• تساو

  tasāwins-w-y (VI VI, inf)

  égalité	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἰσότης
  equality	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تساوى

  tasāwā - yatasāwās-w-y (VI, verb)

  to be equal, to be similar	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ساوى

  sāwā - yusāwīs-w-y (III, verb)

  to be equivalent	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• لامساو

  lāmusāwins-w-y (III, partact)

  inégal	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἄνισον

• متساو

  mutasāwins-w-y (VI, partact)

  indiscernible	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متساوية

  mutasāwīyas-w-y (VI, noun)

  equality	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مساو

  musāwins-w-y (III III, partact)

  même	Martin (1984)
  coextensive	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مساواة

  musāwāts-w-y (III, inf)

  égalité	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἰσότης

.

s-y-r

• سيرة

  sīras-y-r (noun)

  behaviour	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

s-y-l

• سال

  sāla - yasīlus-y-l (I, verb)

  to dissipate	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• سيلان

  sayalāns-y-l (I, inf)

  dissipating	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-b-h

• أجزاء غير متشابهة

  ʾaǧzāʾ ġayr mutašābihaǧ-z-ʾ (noun, plural of جزء : guzʾ) + ġ-y-r (negation) + š-b-h (VI, partact, inanimate plural of متشابه : mutašābih)

  dissemblables, anhoméomères	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀνόμοια ... μέρη

• دليل أشبه

  dalīl ʾašbahd-l (noun) + š-b-h (elative)

  specious proof	Butterworth (1977)

• دليل مشتبه

  dalīl muštabahd-l (noun) + š-b-h (VIII, partpass)

  doubtful proof	Butterworth (1977)

• شبيه بالصورة

  šabīh bi-l-ṣūraš-b-h (adjective) + b (preposition) + ṣ-w-r (noun)

  même espèce	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁμοειδής

• متشابهة اجزاء

  mutašābiha ʾaǧzāʾš-b-h (VI, partact, plural of جزء : guzʾ) + ǧ-z-ʾ (noun, inanimate plural of متشابه : mutašābih)

  homéomères	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ ὁμοιομερῆ

• متشابهة الصورة

  mutašābihat al-ṣūraš-b-h (VI, partact) + ṣ-w-r (noun)

  même espèce	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁμοειδής

• تشابه

  tašābuhš-b-h (VI, inf)

  similarity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تشبيه

  tašbīhš-b-h (II II II, inf)

  simile	Butterworth (1977)
  comparison	Butterworth (1986)
  equivocation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• شبه

  šibhš-b-h (noun)

  semblance	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• شبيه

  šabīhš-b-h (noun)

  likeness	Butterworth (1977)

  šabīhš-b-h (adjective)

  semblable	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὅμοιος

• شبّه

  šabbaha - yušabbihuš-b-h (II, verb)

  to assimilate	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متشابه

  mutašābihš-b-h (VI VI, partact)

  semblable	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὅμοιος
  similar	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مشابهة

  mušābahaš-b-h (III, inf)

  similarity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-ǧ-r

• مشاجرى

  mušāǧarīš-ǧ-r (III, adjective)

  forensic	Butterworth (1977)

.

š-ǧ-ʿ

• شجاعة

  šaǧāʿaš-ǧ-ʿ (noun)

  courage	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-ḥ

• ّشح

  šaḥḥa - yašuḥḥuš-ḥ (I, verb, requires preposition بـ : bi-)

  to withhold, to be stingy about	Gutas (1988) Info: antonym of بذل : baḏala

.

š-ḫ-ṣ

• تشخّص

  tašaḫḫuṣš-ḫ-ṣ (V, inf)

  individuation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• شخص

  šaḫṣš-ḫ-ṣ (noun)

  individu, individuel	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον
  individual	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متشخّص

  mutašaḫḫiṣš-ḫ-ṣ (V, partact)

  individuated	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-d

• شدّة

  šiddaš-d (noun)

  intensity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-r

• شرير

  šarīrš-r (adjective)

  evil	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ّشر

  šarrš-r (noun)

  evil	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-r-ṭ

• اشتراط

  ištirāṭš-r-ṭ (VI, inf)

  condition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• شرط

  šarṭš-r-ṭ (noun)

  condition	Dhanani (1994)
  condition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• شرطى

  šarṭīš-r-ṭ (adjective)

  conditional	Butterworth (1977)
  conditional	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• شريط

  šarīṭš-r-ṭ (noun)

  condition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-r-ʿ

• شريع

  šarīʿš-r-ʿ (adjective)

  lawful	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• شريعة

  šarīʿaš-r-ʿ (noun)

  Divine Law	Butterworth (1977)
  religious law	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-r-f

• شرفى

  šarafīš-r-f (adjective)

  eminence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-r-q

• مشرق

  mašriqš-r-q (noun)

  the East of the Islamic world (i.e. Ḫurāsān)	Gutas (1988)

• مشرقية

  mašriqīyaš-r-q (noun)

  the East of the Islamic world (i.e. Ḫurāsān)	Gutas (1988)

.

š-r-k

• إسم مشترك

  ʾism muštariks-m s-m-y (noun) + š-r-k (VIII, partact)

  homonyme	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ὁμώνυμον

• اشتراك الاسم

  ištirāk al-ismš-r-k (VIII, inf) + s-m-y (noun)

  homonymity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• اشتراك حقيقى

  ištirāk ḥaqīqīš-r-k (VIII, inf) + ḥ-q (adjective)

  homonym	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بادئ الراى المشترك

  bādiʾ al-raʾy al-muštarikb-d-ʾ (I, partact) + r-ʾ-y (noun) + š-r-k (VIII, partact)

  unexamined common opinion	Butterworth (1977)

• حسّ مشترك

  ḥiss muštarakḥ-s (noun) + š-r-k (VIII, partpass)

  common sense	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• إشتراك

  ištirākš-r-k (VIII, inf)

  homonymie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ὁμωνυμία

• اشتراك

  ištirākš-r-k (VIII, inf)

  common	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مشاركة

  mušārakaš-r-k (III, inf)

  homonymy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مشترك

  muštarakš-r-k (VIII VIII, partpass)

  homonymous	Butterworth (1986)
  common	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-r-h

• شره

  šarahš-r-h (noun)

  avidity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-ʿ

• شعاع

  šuʿāʿš-ʿ (noun)

  visual ray	Dhanani (1994)

.

š-ʿ-r

• شعر

  šiʿrš-ʿ-r (noun)

  poetics	Butterworth (1977)

• شعور

  šuʿūrš-ʿ-r (noun)

  awareness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-ġ-r

• حدّ أصغر

  ḥadd ʾaṣġarḥ-d (noun) + š-ġ-r (elative)

  minor term	Butterworth (1977)

• طرف أصغر

  ṭarf ʾaṣġarṭ-r-f (noun) + š-ġ-r (elative)

  minor term	Butterworth (1977)

.

š-f

• إشفاف

  ʾišfāfš-f (IV, inf)

  transarency	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-q

• اشتقاق

  ištiqāqš-q (VIII, inf)

  derivation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مشتقّ

  muštaqqš-q (VIII VIII, partpass)

  derived	Butterworth (1986)
  derived	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-q-w

• شقاء

  šaqāʾš-q-w š-q-y (noun)

  misery	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• شقاوة

  šaqāwaš-q-w š-q-y (noun)

  misery	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• شقى

  šaqiya - yašqāš-q-w š-q-y (I, verb)

  to be miserable	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-q-y

• شقاء

  šaqāʾš-q-w š-q-y (noun)

  misery	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• شقاوة

  šaqāwaš-q-w š-q-y (noun)

  misery	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• شقى

  šaqiya - yašqāš-q-w š-q-y (I, verb)

  to be miserable	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-k

• بالتشكيك

  bi-l-taškīkb (preposition) + š-k (II, inf)

  amphibulous	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ّموضع شك

  mawḍiʿ šakkw-ḍ-ʿ (noun) + š-k (noun)

  difficulté	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀπορία, τὸ ἀπόρημα

• تشكّك

  tašakkaka - yatašakkakuš-k (V, verb)

  se demander	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀπορεῖσθαι

  tašakkukš-k (V, inf)

  puzzle	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• شكوك

  šukūkš-k (noun, plural of شكّ : šakk)

  problems, doubts, critiques	Gutas (1988)

• شكّ

  šakkš-k (noun)

  aporie, difficulté, problème	Martin (1984)
  doute	Martin (1984)

• مشكّك

  mušakkakš-k (II, partpass)

  equivokal	Butterworth (1986)

.

š-k-l

• شكل

  šaklš-k-l (noun)

  figure	Butterworth (1977)
  pattern	Butterworth (1986)
  configuration, shape	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-m-l

• منقلب شمال

  munqalab šamālq-l-b (partpass) + š-m-l (noun)

  north pole	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• منقلب شمالى

  munqalab šamālīq-l-b (VII, partpass) + š-m-l (adjective)

  northern tropic	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-n-ʿ

• شنيع

  šanīʿš-n-ʿ (adjective)

  absurdité	Martin (1984)
  absurde, insensé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἄτοπος

.

š-h-d

• شهجة مفرطة

  šahada mufriṭaš-h-d (noun) + f-r-ṭ (IV, partact)

  excessive regard	Gutas (1988)

• شهادة

  šahādaš-h-d (noun)

  testimony	Butterworth (1977)
  testimony	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-h-r

• مشهور

  mašhūrš-h-r (I, partpass)

  generally accepted	Butterworth (1977)

  mashūrš-h-r (I, partpass)

  generally accepted; dialectical	Gutas (1988)

.

š-h-w

• قوّة شهوانية

  qūwa šahwānīyaq-w-y (noun) + š-h-w š-h-y (adjective)

  faculté cocupiscible	Martin (1984)
  appetitive faculty, appetitive soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• شهوة

  šahwaš-h-w š-h-y (noun)

  désir, appétit, concupiscence	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ὄρεξις, ἡ ἐπιθυμία
  appetite, bodily desire	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مشتهى

  muštahanš-h-w š-h-y (VIII, partpass)

  désirable	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὀρεκτός
  objet de l'appétit	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἐπιθυμητόν

.

š-h-y

• قوّة شهوانية

  qūwa šahwānīyaq-w-y (noun) + š-h-w š-h-y (adjective)

  faculté cocupiscible	Martin (1984)
  appetitive faculty, appetitive soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• شهوة

  šahwaš-h-w š-h-y (noun)

  désir, appétit, concupiscence	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ὄρεξις, ἡ ἐπιθυμία
  appetite, bodily desire	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مشتهى

  muštahanš-h-w š-h-y (VIII, partpass)

  désirable	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὀρεκτός
  objet de l'appétit	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἐπιθυμητόν

.

š-w-r

• مشار إليه

  mušār ʾilayhiš-w-r (IV, partpass) + ʾ-l-y (preposition) + (pronoun)

  être détermine, ce que l'on peut désigner, telle chose que voici	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τόδε τι
  détermine	Martin (1984)

• إشارة

  ʾišāraš-w-r (IV, inf)

  illustration	Butterworth (1986)

  ʾišāraš-w-r (noun)

  pointer	Gutas (1988)

• مشاورى

  mušāwarīš-w-r (III, adjective)

  deliberative	Butterworth (1977)

.

š-w-q

• قوّة شوقية

  qūwa šawqīyaq-w-y (noun) + š-w-q (adjective)

  faculté appétitive	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ὀρεκτικόν, τὸ ἐπιθυμητικόν

• قوّة مزوعية شوقية

  qūwa nuzūʿīya šawqīyaq-w-y (noun) + n-z-ʿ (adjective) + š-w-q (adjective)

  faculty of appetite, appetite	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تشوّق

  tašawwaqa - yatašawwaquš-w-q (V, verb)

  to desire	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• شوق

  šawqš-w-q (noun)

  désir	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ὄρεξις, ἡ ἐπιθυμία
  desire	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متشوّق

  mutašawwaqš-w-q (V, partpass)

  objet de l'appétit	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἐπιθυμητόν

.

š-y-ʾ

• ايّ شىء هو

  ʾayy šayʾ huwaʾ-y (pronoun) + š-y-ʾ (noun) + h-w (pronoun)

  quality	Butterworth (1977)

• شىء يعقل

  šayʾ yuʿqaluš-y-ʾ (noun) + ʿ-q-l (I, verb, passive)

  quelque chose qui est pensé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ νοούμενον

• هذا الشىء

  hāḏā l-šayʾh-ḏ (pronoun) + š-y-ʾ (noun)

  être détermine, substance individuelle	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τόδε τι

• شىء

  šayʾš-y-ʾ (noun)

  object, existent	Dhanani (1994)

• شيئية

  šayʾīyaš-y-ʾ (noun)

  thingness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

š-y-ʿ

• شاع

  šāʿa - yašīʿuš-y-ʿ (I, verb)

  to spread, to diffuse	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṣ-ḥ

• صحّة

  ṣiḥḥaṣ-ḥ (noun)

  healthiness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṣ-ḥ-b

• أصحاب الأعراض

  ʾaṣḥāb al-ʾaʿrāḍṣ-ḥ-b (I, partact, plural of صاحب : ṣāḥib) + ʿ-r-ḍ (noun, plural of عرض : ʿaraḍ)

  partisans of the theory that accidents are sole constitutents of bodies	Dhanani (1994)

• أصحاب الطبائع

  ʾaṣḥāb al-ṭabāʾiʿṣ-ḥ-b (I, partact, plural of صاحب : ṣāḥib) + ṭ-b-ʿ (noun, plural of طبيعة : ṭabīʿa)

  Natural Philosophers	Dhanani (1994)

• أصحاب الهيولى

  ʾaṣḥāb al-hayūlāṣ-ḥ-b (I, partact, plural of صاحب : ṣāḥib) + h-y-l (noun)

  believers in the doctrine of Prime Matter	Dhanani (1994)

.

ṣ-d-r

• صدور

  ṣudūrṣ-d-r (noun)

  procession	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṣ-d-q

• تصديق

  taṣdīqṣ-d-q (II II II, inf)

  assent	Butterworth (1977)
  granting of assent	Gutas (1988)
  assent	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• صادق

  ṣādiqṣ-d-q (I, partact)

  true	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• صدق

  ṣidqṣ-d-q (noun)

  honesty, truth	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṣ-d-m

• مصادمة

  muṣādamaṣ-d-m (III, inf)

  interaction	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṣ-r-f

• تصريف

  taṣrīfṣ-r-f (II, inf)

  inflection	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ πτῶσις

• تصرّف

  taṣarrufṣ-r-f (V, inf)

  modes of comportment	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مصرّف

  muṣarrafṣ-r-f (II, partpass)

  inflected	Butterworth (1986)

.

ṣ-ġ-r

• مقدّمة صغرى

  muqaddama ṣuġrāq-d-m (II, partact) + ṣ-ġ-r (elative)

  minor premisse	Butterworth (1977)

.

ṣ-f-ḥ

• تصفّح

  taṣaffuḥṣ-f-h (V, inf)

  scrutiny	Butterworth (1977)

  taṣaffuḥṣ-f-ḥ (V, inf)

  examination	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṣ-f-h

• تصفّح

  taṣaffuḥṣ-f-h (V, inf)

  scrutiny	Butterworth (1977)

  taṣaffuḥṣ-f-ḥ (V, inf)

  examination	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṣ-f-w

• صفاء

  ṣafāʾṣ-f-w (noun)

  purity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṣ-l-ḥ

• مصلحة

  maṣlaḥaṣ-l-ḥ (noun)

  well-being	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṣ-n-ʿ

• صناعة خلقية

  ṣināʿa ḫulqīyaṣ-n-ʿ (noun) + ḫ-l-q (adjective)

  discipline of ethics	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• هذا الصناعة

  hāḏā l-ṣināʿah-ḏ (pronoun) + ṣ-n-ʿ (noun)

  cette discipline	Martin (1984) Info: depends upon context; may specify, e.g., la Métaphysique

• تصنّع

  taṣannuʿṣ-n-ʿ (V, inf)

  dissimulation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• صانع

  ṣāniʿṣ-n-ʿ (I, partact)

  Active Intellekt; maker, artisan	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• صناعة

  ṣināʿaṣ-n-ʿ (noun)

  art	Butterworth (1977)
  discipline, art	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ τέχνη
  skill, discipline	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• صناعة المنطق

  ṣināʿat al-manṭiqṣ-n-ʿ (noun) + n-ṭ-q (noun)

  logic	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• صناعى

  ṣināʿīṣ-n-ʿ (adjective)

  voluntary	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṣ-n-f

• صنف

  ṣanfṣ-n-f (noun)

  class	Butterworth (1977)

  ṣinfṣ-n-f (noun)

  espèce, sorte, variété, classe	Martin (1984)

.

ṣ-w-b

• مصيبة

  muṣībaṣ-w-b (IV, noun)

  misfortune	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṣ-w-t

• صوت

  ṣawtṣ-w-t (noun)

  sound	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ φωνή

.

ṣ-w-r

• تصوّر بالعقل

  taṣawwur bi-l-ʿaqlṣ-w-r (V, inf) + b (preposition) + ʿ-q-l (noun)

  représentation	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ νόησις

• شبيه بالصورة

  šabīh bi-l-ṣūraš-b-h (adjective) + b (preposition) + ṣ-w-r (noun)

  même espèce	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁμοειδής

• صورة الجسمية

  ṣūrat al-ǧismīyaṣ-w-r (noun) + ǧ-s-m (adjective)

  corporeal form	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• صورة جوهرية

  ṣūra ǧawharīyaṣ-w-r (noun) + ǧ-w-h-r (adjective)

  substantial form	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• صورة روحانية

  ṣūra rūḥānīyaṣ-w-r (noun) + r-w-ḥ r-y-ḥ (adjective)

  incorporeal form	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• صورة مفارقة

  ṣūra mufāriqaṣ-w-r (noun) + f-r-q (III, partact)

  separate form	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: forma abtracta

• صورة هيولانية

  ṣūra hayūlānīyaṣ-w-r (noun) + h-y-l (adjective)

  material form	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: forma materialis

• قوّة مصوّرة

  qūwa muṣawwiraq-w-y (noun) + ṣ-w-r (II, partact)

  form-bearing faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: vis informativa

• متشابهة الصورة

  mutašābihat al-ṣūraš-b-h (VI, partact) + ṣ-w-r (noun)

  même espèce	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁμοειδής

• واهب الصور

  wāhib al-ṣuwarw-h-b (I, partact) + ṣ-w-r (noun, plural of صورة : ṣūra)

  giver of forms	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تصوّر

  taṣawwurṣ-w-r (V V V, inf)

  concept	Butterworth (1977)
  représentation	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ νόησις
  pensée	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ νόησις
  conceptualization, idea	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  taṣawwara - yataṣawwaruṣ-w-r (V, verb)

  conceptualize	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تضوّر

  taṣawwurṣ-w-r (V, inf)

  forming of concepts	Gutas (1988)

• صورة

  ṣūraṣ-w-r (noun)

  form	Butterworth (1977)
  case, affair	Gutas (1988)
  forme	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ εἶδος, ἡ μορφή
  Idée, forme platonicienne	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἰδέα
  form, Platonic form	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: forma

• صورى

  ṣūrīṣ-w-r (adjective)

  formal	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṣ-w-f

• صوفى

  ṣūfīṣ-w-f (adjective)

  mystic	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṣ-y-r

• صار

  ṣāra - yaṣīruṣ-y-r (I, verb)

  to become	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḍ-d

• بضادّ

  taḍāddḍ-d (VI, inf)

  état contraire	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἐναντίωσις, ἡ ἐναντιότης

• ضدّ

  ḍiddḍ-d (noun)

  contraire	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἐναντιόν

• ضدّية

  ḍiddīyaḍ-d (noun)

  état contraire, contrariété	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἐναντίωσις, ἡ ἐναντιότης
  contrariness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متضادّ

  mutaḍāddḍ-d (VI, partact)

  contrary	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مضادّة

  muḍāddaḍ-d (III, partact)

  état contraire, contrariété	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἐναντίωσις, ἡ ἐναντιότης

  muḍāddaḍ-d (III, inf)

  contrariety	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ّضد

  ḍiddḍ-d (noun)

  contrary	Dhanani (1994)
  contrariety, contrary	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ّمتضاد

  mutaḍāddḍ-d (VI, partact)

  contraire	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἐναντιόν

.

ḍ-r

• علم ضرورى

  ʿilm ḍarūrīʿ-l-m (noun) + ḍ-r (adjective)

  necessary knowledge	Dhanani (1994)

• يقين ضرورى

  yaqīn ḍarūrīy-q-n (noun) + ḍ-r (adjective)

  necessary certainty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• يقين غير ضرورى

  yaqīn ġayr ḍarūrīy-q-n (noun) + ġ-y-r (negation) + ḍ-r (adjective)

  non-necessary certainty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ضرورة

  ḍarūraḍ-r (noun)

  necessity, must	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ضرورى

  ḍarūrīḍ-r (adjective)

  nécessaire	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀναγκαῖος
  nécessité	Martin (1984)
  necessary	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḍ-r-b

• ضرب

  ḍarbḍ-r-b (noun)

  type	Butterworth (1977)

.

ḍ-r-s

• مضرّس

  muḍarrasḍ-r-s (II, partpass)

  indented	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḍ-ʿ-f

• حركة مضاعفة

  ḥaraka muḍāʿafaḥ-r-k (noun) + ḍ-ʿ-f (III, partpass)

  mouvement double	Martin (1984)

• ضعف

  ḍaʿfḍ-ʿ-f (noun)

  weakness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  ḍiʿfḍ-ʿ-f (noun)

  multiplication	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مضائف

  muḍāʿifḍ-ʿ-f (III, partact)

  double noun	Butterworth (1986)

.

ḍ-m-ḥ-l

• اضمحلالية

  iḍmiḥlālīyaḍ-m-ḥ-l (IV, noun)

  diminution	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḍ-m-r

• إضمار

  ʾiḍmārḍ-m-r (IV, inf)

  ellipsis	Butterworth (1977)

• ضمير

  ḍamīrḍ-m-r (noun)

  enthymeme	Butterworth (1977)
  Greek: τὸ ἐνθύμημα

.

ḍ-n

• ضنّ

  ḍanna - yaḍannu/yaḍinnuḍ-n (I, verb)

  to withhold something (+ bi-) from someone (+ʿalā), to be stingy about (+ bi-)	Gutas (1988) Info: antonym of بذل : baḏala

• مضنون

  maḍnūnḍ-n (I, partpass)

  withheld from (+ bi-)	Gutas (1988)

.

ḍ-w-ʾ

• ضوء

  ḍawʾḍ-w-ʾ (noun)

  light	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ḍ-y-f

• خاصّة بالإضافة

  ḫāṣṣa bi-l-ʾiḍāfaḫ-ṣ (I, partact, feminine) + b (preposition) + ḍ-y-f (IV, inf)

  relative property	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مكان مضاف

  makān muḍāfk-w-n (noun) + ḍ-y-f (IV, partpass)

  relative place	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• إضافة

  ʾiḍāfaḍ-y-f (IV IV, inf)

  relation	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀπόδοσις
  relation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• إضافى

  ʾiḍāfīḍ-y-f (IV, adjective)

  corellative	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• زمان مضاف

  zamān muḍāfz-m-n (noun) + ḍ-y-f (IV, partpass)

  relative time	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متضايف

  mutaḍāyifḍ-y-f (VI, partact)

  relatum	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: relatum

• مضاف

  muḍāfḍ-y-f (IV, partpass)

  relatif	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ πρός τι
  relatif	Martin (1984)
  Greek: πρός τι

.

ḍ-y-q

• ضيق

  ḍīqḍ-y-q (noun)

  anxiety	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṭ-b

• طبّ

  ṭibbṭ-b (noun)

  medicine	Butterworth (1977)

.

ṭ-b-ʿ

• أصحاب الطبائع

  ʾaṣḥāb al-ṭabāʾiʿṣ-ḥ-b (I, partact, plural of صاحب : ṣāḥib) + ṭ-b-ʿ (noun, plural of طبيعة : ṭabīʿa)

  Natural Philosophers	Dhanani (1994)

• العلم الطبيعى

  al-ʿilm al-ṭabīʿīʿ-l-m (noun) + ṭ-b-ʿ (adjective)

  la science physique, la Physique	Martin (1984)

• حركة طبيعية

  ḥaraka ṭabīʿīyaḥ-r-k (noun) + ṭ-b-ʿ (adjective)

  mouvement naturel	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ κίνησις κατά φύσιν

• علم طبيعى

  ʿilm ṭabīʿīʿ-l-m (noun) + ṭ-b-ʿ (adjective)

  natural science	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علم ما بعد الطبيعيات

  ʿilm mā baʿd al-ṭabīʿīyātʿ-l-m (noun) + m-ʾ (pronoun) + b-ʿ-d (preposition) + ṭ-b-ʿ (noun)

  metaphysics	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ما بعد الطبيعة

  mā baʿd al-ṭabīʿam-ʾ (pronoun) + b-ʿ-d (preposition) + ṭ-b-ʿ (noun)

  Metaphysique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ μετὰ τὰ φυσικά

• طبع

  ṭabʿṭ-b-ʿ (noun)

  nature	Butterworth (1977)
  nature	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  ṭabʿt-b-ʿ (noun)

  nature, intrinsic characteristic, self	Gutas (1988)

• طبيعة

  ṭabīʿaṭ-b-ʿ (noun)

  nature	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• طبيعى

  ṭabīʿīṭ-b-ʿ (adjective)

  physicien	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ φυσικός, ὁ φυσιόλογος
  science physique	Martin (1984)
  physique	Martin (1984)
  natural; involuntary	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• طبيعية

  ṭabīʿīyaṭ-b-ʿ (noun)

  natural science	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مطبوع

  maṭbūʿṭ-b-ʿ (I, partpass)

  naturally disposed	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṭ-b-q

• طابق

  ṭābaqa - yuṭābiquṭ-b-q (III, verb)

  to correspond	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• طبّق

  ṭabbaqa - yuṭabbiquṭ-b-q (II, verb)

  to superimpose	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṭ-r-d

• استطراد

  istiṭrādṭ-r-d (X, inf)

  digression	Butterworth (1986)

.

ṭ-r-f

• طرف

  ṭarfṭ-r-f (noun)

  term	Butterworth (1977)

  ṭarafṭ-r-f (noun)

  extreme, limit	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• طرف أصغر

  ṭarf ʾaṣġarṭ-r-f (noun) + š-ġ-r (elative)

  minor term	Butterworth (1977)

• طرف أعظم

  ṭarf ʾaʿẓamṭ-r-f (noun) + ʿ-z-m (elative)

  major term	Butterworth (1977)

• طرف أوسط

  ṭarf ʾawsaṭṭ-r-f (noun) + w-s-ṭ (elative)

  middle term	Butterworth (1977)

.

ṭ-r-q

• على طريق التناسب

  ʿalā ṭarīq al-tanāsubʿ-l-w ʿ-l-y (preposition) + ṭ-r-q (noun) + n-s-b (VI, inf)

  par analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• على طريق الكلّية

  ʿalā ṭarīq al-kullīyaʿ-l-w ʿ-l-y (preposition) + ṭ-r-q (noun) + k-l (noun)

  en général	Martin (1984)
  Greek: καθόλου

• بطريق النسبة

  bi-ṭarīq al-nisbab (preposition) + ṭ-r-q (noun) + n-s-b (noun)

  par analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• طريق

  ṭarīqṭ-r-q (noun)

  source of knowledge	Dhanani (1994)

• على طريق المنطق

  ʿalā ṭarīq al-manṭiqʿ-l-w ʿ-l-y (preposition) + ṭ-r-q (noun) + n-ṭ-q (noun)

  suit une méthode logique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: λογικῶς
  suit une méthode dialectique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: διαλεκτικῶς

.

ṭ-f-r

• طفرة

  ṭafraṭ-f-r (noun)

  leap	Dhanani (1994)
  leap	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṭ-l-b

• طالب

  ṭālaba - yuṭālibuṭ-l-b (III, verb)

  to pose a question	Gutas (1988)
  Greek: ζητεῖν

• طلب

  ṭalaba - yaṭlubuṭ-l-b (I, verb)

  chercher, rechercher	Martin (1984)

• مطالبة

  muṭālabaṭ-l-b (III, inf)

  posing of questions	Gutas (1988)

• مطلب

  maṭlabṭ-l-b (I, inf)

  recherche, la question à étudier, le sujet de recherche	Martin (1984)
  le point où chercher	Martin (1984)

• مطلوب

  maṭlūbṭ-l-b (II, partpass) + ṭ-l-b (I I, partpass)

  problem	Butterworth (1977)
  objet de recherche, ce qui est recherché, le problème à résoudre	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ζητούμενον, τὸ πρόβλημα
  object of scientific investigation, desired thing, sought thing	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  desired, sought	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṭ-l-ʿ

• طالع

  ṭālaʿa - yuṭāliʿuṭ-l-ʿ (III, verb)

  to review	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṭ-l-q

• بإطلاق

  bi-ʾiṭlāqb (preposition) + ṭ-l-q (IV, inf)

  au sens absolu	Martin (1984)

• بالإطلاق

  bi-l-ʾiṭlāqb (preposition) + ṭ-l-q (IV, inf)

  absolutely	Butterworth (1977)

• على الإطلاق

  ʿalā l-ʾiṭlāqʿ-l-w (preposition) + ṭ-l-q (IV, inf)

  absolutely	Butterworth (1977)

  ʿalā al-ʾiṭlāqʿ-l-w ʿ-l-y (preposition) + ṭ-l-q (IV, inf)

  au sens absolu, de manière absolu	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἅπλῶς

• إطلاقاً

  ʾiṭlāqanṭ-l-q (IV, adverb)

  absolutely	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مطلق

  muṭlaqṭ-l-q (IV IV, partpass)

  absolu	Martin (1984)
  absolute, simple	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ṭ-w-ʿ

• طوع

  ṭawʿṭ-w-ʿ (noun)

  will	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ẓ-r-f

• ظرف

  ẓarfẓ-r-f (noun)

  urbanity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ẓ-n

• ظنّ أغلب

  ẓann ʾaġlabẓ-n (noun) + ġ-l-b (elative)

  probable belief	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ظنّ غالب

  ẓann ġālibẓ-n (noun) + ġ-l-b (I, partact)

  overwhelming probability	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• غالب الظنّ

  ġālib al-ẓannġ-l-b (I, partact) + ẓ-n (noun)

  boardering on certainty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ظنّ

  ẓannẓ-n (noun)

  supposition	Butterworth (1977)
  opinion conjecturale, simple probabilité	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ δόξα

• ّظن

  ẓannẓ-n (noun)

  probability; assumption, opinion; conjecturing	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ẓ-h-r

• الظاهرية

  al-ẓāhirīyaẓ-h-r (I, noun)

  the literalist tradition of interpreting the Qurʾān	Gutas (1988)

• زاهر

  ẓāhirẓ-h-r (I, partact)

  clear	Butterworth (1986)

• ظاهر

  ẓāhirẓ-h-r (I, partact)

  literal sense of a text; literal text (e.g., of the Qurʾān)	Gutas (1988)

• ظاهرة

  ẓāhiraẓ-h-r (noun)

  phénomène, apparence	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ φαινόμενον

• ظاهريون

  ẓāhirīyūnẓ-h-r (adjective, plural of ظاهرى : ẓāhirī)

  literalists, adherents of the literalist tradition of interpreting the Qurʾān	Gutas (1988)

• ظهر

  ẓahara - yaẓharuẓ-h-r (I, verb)

  apparaître	Martin (1984)

.

ʿ-b-r

• اعتبار عقلى

  iʿtibār ʿaqlīʿ-b-r (VIII, inf) + ʿ-q-l (adjective)

  intentional object	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-ǧ-z

• عجز

  ʿaǧzʿ-ǧ-z (noun)

  impotence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-d

• علم العدد

  ʿilm al-ʿadadʿ-l-m (noun) + ʿ-d (noun)

  arithmetic	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• استعداد

  istiʿdādʿ-d (X, inf)

  disposition, predisposition, preparedness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: preparatio

• عدد

  ʿadadʿ-d (noun)

  number	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ّمعد

  muʿiddʿ-d (IV, partact)

  preparing	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-d-l

• اعتدال

  iʿtidālʿ-d-l (VIII, inf)

  equilibrium, balance, moderation, proportion	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تعديل

  taʿdīlʿ-d-l (II, inf)

  being well-positioned	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عادل

  ʿādilʿ-d-l (I, partact)

  moderate	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عدل

  ʿadlʿ-d-l (noun)

  equilibrium, justice	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• معدّل النهار

  muʿaddal al-nahārʿ-d-l (II, partpass) + n-h-r (noun)

  equator	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-d-m

• عدم

  ʿadamʿ-d-m (noun)

  privation	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ στέρησις
  inexistence	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ μὴ εἶναι

  ʿadmʿ-d-m (noun)

  privation, nonexistence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عدمية

  ʿadamīyaʿ-d-m (noun)

  privation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• معدوم

  maʿdūmʿ-d-m (I I, partpass) + ʿ-d-m (partpass)

  non-existent, possible	Dhanani (1994)
  inexistant	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ μὴ ὄν
  nonexistent	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-d-n

• معدنى

  maʿdinīʿ-d-n (adjective)

  mineral	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-d-w

• عداوة

  ʿadāwaʿ-d-w (noun)

  Haine	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ νεῖκος

.

ʿ-r-ḍ

• أصحاب الأعراض

  ʾaṣḥāb al-ʾaʿrāḍṣ-ḥ-b (I, partact, plural of صاحب : ṣāḥib) + ʿ-r-ḍ (noun, plural of عرض : ʿaraḍ)

  partisans of the theory that accidents are sole constitutents of bodies	Dhanani (1994)

• بالعرض

  bi-l-ʿaraḍb (preposition) + ʿ-r-ḍ (noun)

  par accident	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατά συμβεβηκός
  accidentally	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عرض النفس

  ʿaraḍ al-nafsʿ-r-ḍ (noun) + n-f-s (noun, feminine)

  accident of the soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عرض خاصّ

  ʿaraḍ ḫāṣṣʿ-r-ḍ (noun) + ḫ-ṣ (I, partact)

  proper accident	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عرض دائم

  ʿaraḍ dāʿimʿ-r-ḍ (noun) + d-w-m (I, partact)

  permanent accident	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عرض غير المفارق

  ʿaraḍ ġayr al-mufāraqʿ-r-ḍ (noun) + ġ-y-r (negation) + f-r-q (III, partpass)

  inseparable accident	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عرض مفارق

  ʿaraḍ mufāraqʿ-r-ḍ (noun) + f-r-q (III, partpass)

  separable accident	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• اعتراض

  iʿtirāḍʿ-r-ḍ (VIII, inf)

  raising of objections	Gutas (1988)
  Greek: ἡ ἔνστασις

• اعترض

  iʿtaraḍa - yaʿtariḍuʿ-r-ḍ (VIII, verb)

  to raise an objection	Gutas (1988)

• عارض

  ʿāriḍʿ-r-ḍ (I I, partact)

  accidentel	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ συμβεβηκός
  accidental affection	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عرض

  ʿaraḍʿ-r-ḍ (noun)

  accident	Butterworth (1977)
  accident	Dhanani (1994)
  ce qui arrive, accident, malheur	Martin (1984)
  Greek: συμβεβηκός
  accident	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عرضى

  ʿaraḍīʿ-r-ḍ (adjective)

  accidental	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• هوية بالعرض

  huwīya bi-l-ʿaraḍh-w (noun) + b (preposition) + ʿ-r-ḍ (noun)

  accidental identity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-r-f

• معارف أوّل

  maʿārif ʾawwalʿ-r-f (noun, plural of معرفة : maʿrifa) + ʾ-w-l (elative)

  primary instances of knowledge	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تعريف

  taʿrīfʿ-r-f (II, inf)

  definition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عرّف

  ʿarrafa - yuʿarrifuʿ-r-f (II, verb)

  to define	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• معرفة

  maʿrifaʿ-r-f (noun)

  knowledge	Butterworth (1977)

.

ʿ-r-w

• اعترى

  iʿtarā - yaʿtarīʿ-r-w (VIII, verb)

  to be overwhelmed	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-z-l

• تعزّل

  taʿazzala - yataʿazzaluʿ-z-l (V, verb)

  to extol	Butterworth (1986)

.

ʿ-z-m

• حدّ أعظم

  ḥadd ʾaʿẓamḥ-d (noun) + ʿ-z-m (elative)

  major term	Butterworth (1977)

• طرف أعظم

  ṭarf ʾaʿẓamṭ-r-f (noun) + ʿ-z-m (elative)

  major term	Butterworth (1977)

• عزم

  ʿazmʿ-z-m (noun)

  resolve	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عزيمة

  ʿazīmaʿ-z-m (noun)

  determination	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-š-r

• سوء العشرة

  sūʾ al-ʿišras-w-ʾ (noun) + ʿ-š-r (noun)

  antisocial	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-š-q

• معشوق

  maʿšūqʿ-š-q (I, partpass)

  desired	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-ṣ-b

• تعصّب

  taʿaṣṣubʿ-ṣ-b (V, inf)

  adherence, partisan adherence (to an authoritative source despite manifest indications to the contrary)	Gutas (1988)

• ًتعصّبا

  taʿaṣṣubanʿ-ṣ-b (V, adverb)

  through partisan adherence to an authoritative source	Gutas (1988)

.

ʿ-ḍ-w

• عضو

  ʿuḍwʿ-ḍ-w (noun)

  organ	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-ṭ-f

• عطف

  ʿaṭfʿ-ṭ-f (noun)

  une liaison avec un mot qui précède	Martin (1984) Info: appartient à la terminologie grammaticale arabe

• معطوف

  maʿṭūfʿ-ṭ-f (I, partpass)

  coordonné	Martin (1984) Info: appartient à la terminologie grammaticale arabe

.

ʿ-ṭ-l

• تعطيل

  taʿṭīlʿ-ṭ-l (II, inf)

  dépouillement	Martin (1984)

• عطّل

  ʿaṭṭala - yuʿaṭṭiluʿ-ṭ-l (II, verb)

  dépouiller	Martin (1984)

• معطّل

  muʿaṭṭalʿ-ṭ-l (II, partpass)

  vain	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-ẓ-m

• تعظيم

  taʿẓīmʿ-ẓ-m (II, inf)

  amplification	Butterworth (1986)

• عظم

  ʿiẓamʿ-ẓ-m (noun)

  size, magnitude	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-f

• عفيف

  ʿafīfʿ-f (adjective)

  dignified	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: σεμνός

• عفّة

  ʿiffaʿ-f (noun)

  self-control	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-f-n

• تغفين

  taʿfīnʿ-f-n (II, inf)

  putrefaction	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-q

• عقوق

  ʿuqūqʿ-q (noun)

  recalcitrance	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-q-b

• تعاقب

  taʿāqubʿ-q-b (VI, inf)

  succession	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  taʿāqaba - yataʿāqabuʿ-q-b (VI, verb)

  to occur successively, to follow successively	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عقيب

  ʿaqībʿ-q-b (adjective)

  following immediately	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-q-d

• اعتقاد

  iʿtiqādʿ-q-d (VIII VIII, inf)

  conviction	Dhanani (1994)
  conviction	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عقيدة

  ʿaqīdaʿ-q-d (noun)

  belief	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-q-l

• اعتبار عقلى

  iʿtibār ʿaqlīʿ-b-r (VIII, inf) + ʿ-q-l (adjective)

  intentional object	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• العقل الذى بالملكة

  al-ʿaql allaḏī bi-l-malakaʿ-q-l (noun) + ḏ-w (pronoun) + b (preposition) + m-l-k (noun)

  intellect in habitu	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ νοῦς ἔχων ἕξιν, ὁ ἐν ἕξει νοῦς, ὁ νοῦς καθ᾽ ἕξιν

• العقل الذى من إكتساب

  al-ʿaql allaḏī min iktisābʿ-q-l (noun) + ḏ-w (pronoun) + m-n (preposition) + k-s-b (VIII, inf)

  intellect acquis	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ νοῦς ἐπίκτητος

• العقل الذى هو ملكة لنفس

  al-ʿaql allaḏī huwa malaka li-nafsʿ-q-l (noun) + ḏ-w (pronoun) + h-w (pronoun) + m-l-k (noun) + l (preposition) + n-f-s (noun)

  l'intellect qui est une habitu de l'âme	Martin (1984)

• العقل الفعّال للجميع

  al-ʿaql al-faʿʿāl li-l-ǧamīʿʿ-q-l (noun) + f-ʿ-l (adjective) + l (preposition) + ǧ-m-ʿ (adjective)

  l'intellect capable de producuire toutes choses	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ δὲ νοῦς τῷ πάντα ποεῖν

• المعقولات البديهية

  al-maʿqūlāt al-badīhīyaʿ-q-l (I, partpass, plural) + b-d-h (adjective)

  mentally grasped self-evident axioms, a priori intelligibles	Gutas (1988)

• تصوّر بالعقل

  taṣawwur bi-l-ʿaqlṣ-w-r (V, inf) + b (preposition) + ʿ-q-l (noun)

  représentation	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ νόησις

• تعقّل وانعقال

  taʿaqqul wa-nʿiqālʿ-q-l (V, inf) + w (conjunction) + ʿ-q-l (VII, inf)

  pensé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ νοεῖν καὶ τὸ νοεῖσθαι

• شىء يعقل

  šayʾ yuʿqaluš-y-ʾ (noun) + ʿ-q-l (I, verb, passive)

  quelque chose qui est pensé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ νοούμενον

• عقل بالقعل

  ʿaql bi-l-fiʿlʿ-q-l (noun) + b (preposition) + f-ʿ-l (noun)

  actual intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: intellectus in actu

• عقل بالقوّة

  ʿaql bi-l-quwaʿ-q-l (noun) + b (preposition) + q-w-y (noun)

  potential intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عقل بالملكة

  ʿaql bi-l-malakaʿ-q-l (noun) + b (preposition) + m-l-k (noun)

  dispositional intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: intellectus in habitu

• عقل فعّال

  ʿaql faʿʿālʿ-q-l (noun) + f-ʿ-l (adjective)

  intellect actif, intellect agent	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ νοῦς ποιητικός

• عقل فعّل

  ʿaql faʿʿālʿ-q-l (noun) + f-ʿ-l (adjective)

  active intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: intellectus agens

• عقل قدسى

  ʿaql qudsīʿ-q-l (noun) + q-d-s (adjective)

  sacred intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عقل مستفاد

  ʿaql mustafādʿ-q-l (noun) + f-y-d (X X, partpass)

  intellect acquis	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ νοῦς θύραθεν  Latin: intellectus adeptus
  acquired intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: intellectus adeptus

• عقل مفارق

  ʿaql mufāriqʿ-q-l (noun) + f-r-q (III, partact)

  separate intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عقل مكتسب

  ʿaql muktasibʿ-q-l (noun) + k-s-b (VIII, partact)

  intellect acquis	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ νοῦς ἐπίκτητος

• عقل نظرى

  ʿaql naẓarīʿ-q-l (noun) + n-ẓ-r (adjective)

  theoretical intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: intellectus speculativus

• عقل هيولانى

  ʿaql hayūlānīʿ-q-l (noun) + h-y-l (adjective)

  intellect matériel	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ νοῦς ὑλικός
  material intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: intellectus materialis

• ميعقّل

  mutaʿaqqilʿ-q-l (V, partact)

  un être qui pensé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ νόησις

• إنعقال

  inʿiqālʿ-q-l (VII, inf)

  le fait d'être pensé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ νοεῖσθαι

• تعقّل

  taʿaqqala - yataʿaqqaluʿ-q-l (V, verb)

  exerce sa pensée	Martin (1984)
  Greek: διανοεῖσθαι

  taʿaqqulʿ-q-l (V V, inf)

  pensée, acte de la pensée, exercice de la pensée; intellection, acte d'intellection, un être qui pensé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ νόησις
  fait de penser, acte de la pensée; intellection, acte d'intellection	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ νοεῖν
  pensée	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ διάνοια
  discernment	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عاقل

  ʿāqilʿ-q-l (I I, partact)

  intelligent, connaissant	Martin (1984)
  celui qui possède en soi une species intelligible, que l'objet soit lui-même ou un autre	Martin (1984)
  intelligeant	Martin (1984)
  intelligent	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عقل

  ʿaqala - yaʿqiluʿ-q-l (I, verb)

  intelliger, penser	Martin (1984)
  Greek: νοεῖν

  ʿaqlʿ-q-l (noun)

  intelligence	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ νοῦς
  intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عقلى

  ʿaqlīʿ-q-l (adjective)

  intentional, intellectual	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• معقول

  maʿqūlʿ-q-l (I I, partpass)

  objet de la pensée	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ νοούμενον
  intelligible	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  intelligible object, object of intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-k-s

• انعكس

  inʿakasa - yanʿakisuʿ-k-s (VII, verb)

  to convert, to be convertible	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-l

• علّة أولى

  ʿilla ʾūlāʿ-l (noun) + ʾ-w-l (elative, feminine)

  First Cause	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علّة بعيدة

  ʿilla baʿīdaʿ-l (noun) + b-ʿ-d (adjective)

  remote cause	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علّة قريبة

  ʿilla qarībaʿ-l (noun) + q-r-b (adjective)

  proximate cause	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علّة مفارقة

  ʿilla mufāriqaʿ-l (noun) + f-r-q (III, partact)

  separate cause	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علّة

  ʿillaʿ-l (noun)

  cause	Butterworth (1977)
  cause	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ αἴτιον
  cause	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• معلول

  maʿlūlʿ-l (I, partpass)

  effect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-l-q

• تعلّق

  taʿalluqʿ-l-q (V, inf)

  cleaving, relation, interrelation, preference	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  taʿallaqa - yataʿallaquʿ-l-q (V, verb)

  to be related; to prefer	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علاقة

  ʿalāqaʿ-l-q (noun)

  connection	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-l-m

• العلم الإلاهى

  al-ʿilm al-ʾilāhīʿ-l-m (noun) + ʾ-l-h (adjective)

  theology	Gutas (1988)
  la science divine, la Métaphysique comme θεολογία	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ θεολογία

• العلم الطبيعى

  al-ʿilm al-ṭabīʿīʿ-l-m (noun) + ṭ-b-ʿ (adjective)

  la science physique, la Physique	Martin (1984)

• سابق العلم

  sābiq al-ʿilms-b-q (I, partact) + ʿ-l-m (noun)

  foreknowledge	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علم أنّ

  ʿilm ʾannaʿ-l-m (noun) + ʾ-n (conjunction)

  knowledge that	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علم إلاهى

  ʿilm ʾilāhīʿ-l-m (noun) + ʾ-l-h (adjective)

  theology	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علم التعاليم

  ʿilm al-taʿālīmʿ-l-m (noun) + ʿ-l-m (II II, inf, plural of تعليم : taʿlīm; plural of تعليم : taʿlīm)

  mathématiques, scniences mathématiques	Martin (1984)
  mathematics	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علم التوحيد

  ʿilm al-tawḥīdʿ-l-m (noun) + w-ḥ-d (II, inf)

  theology	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علم السياسة

  ʿilm al-siyāsaʿ-l-m (noun) + s-w-s (noun)

  governing policy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علم العدد

  ʿilm al-ʿadadʿ-l-m (noun) + ʿ-d (noun)

  arithmetic	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علم المناظر

  ʿilm al-manāẓirʿ-l-m (noun) + n-ẓ-r (noun, plural of منظر : manẓar)

  optics	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علم الهندسة

  ʿilm al-handasaʿ-l-m (noun) + h-n-d-s (noun)

  geometry	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علم ضرورى

  ʿilm ḍarūrīʿ-l-m (noun) + ḍ-r (adjective)

  necessary knowledge	Dhanani (1994)

• علم طبيعى

  ʿilm ṭabīʿīʿ-l-m (noun) + ṭ-b-ʿ (adjective)

  natural science	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علم عملى

  ʿilm ʿamalīʿ-l-m (noun) + ʿ-m-l (adjective)

  practical science	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علم لما

  ʿilm li-māʿ-l-m (noun) + l (preposition) + m-ʾ (pronoun)

  knowledge why	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علم ما بعد الطبيعيات

  ʿilm mā baʿd al-ṭabīʿīyātʿ-l-m (noun) + m-ʾ (pronoun) + b-ʿ-d (preposition) + ṭ-b-ʿ (noun)

  metaphysics	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علم مكتسب

  ʿilm muktasabʿ-l-m (noun) + k-s-b (VIII, partpass)

  acquired knowledge	Dhanani (1994)

• قوّة عالمة

  qūwa ʿālimaq-w-y (noun) + ʿ-l-m (I, partact)

  theoretical faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• هذا العلم

  hāḏā l-ʿilmh-ḏ (pronoun) + ʿ-l-m (noun)

  cette science	Martin (1984) Info: depends upon context; may specify, e.g., la Métaphysique

• تعالمية

  taʿālimīyaʿ-l-m (II, adjective, inanimate plural of تعالمى : taʿālimī)

  êtres mathématiques, choses mathématiques	Martin (1984) Info: abridged form of, e.g., اشياء تعالمية : ʾašyāʿ taʿālimīya
  Greek: τὰ μαθηματικά

• عالم

  ʿālamʿ-l-m (noun)

  ce Tout, universe, monde	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ πᾶν
  universe, world	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  ʿālimʿ-l-m (I, partact)

  knower	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علامة

  ʿalāmaʿ-l-m (noun)

  sign	Butterworth (1977)

• علم

  ʿilmʿ-l-m (noun)

  science	Butterworth (1977)
  knowledge	Dhanani (1994)
  knowledge, philosophy, philosophical science	Gutas (1988)
  knowledge, science	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علوم

  ʿulūmʿ-l-m (noun, plural of علم : ʿilm)

  sciences, philosophical sciences, (different kinds of) knowledge	Gutas (1988)

• معلوم

  maʿlūmʿ-l-m (I, partpass)

  known, marked-off	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-l-w

• على الإطلاق

  ʿalā l-ʾiṭlāqʿ-l-w (preposition) + ṭ-l-q (IV, inf)

  absolutely	Butterworth (1977)

  ʿalā al-ʾiṭlāqʿ-l-w ʿ-l-y (preposition) + ṭ-l-q (IV, inf)

  au sens absolu, de manière absolu	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἅπλῶς

• على طريق التناسب

  ʿalā ṭarīq al-tanāsubʿ-l-w ʿ-l-y (preposition) + ṭ-r-q (noun) + n-s-b (VI, inf)

  par analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• على طريق الكلّية

  ʿalā ṭarīq al-kullīyaʿ-l-w ʿ-l-y (preposition) + ṭ-r-q (noun) + k-l (noun)

  en général	Martin (1984)
  Greek: καθόλου

• عال

  ʿālinʿ-l-w ʿ-l-y (I, partact)

  that which transcends	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• على طريق المنطق

  ʿalā ṭarīq al-manṭiqʿ-l-w ʿ-l-y (preposition) + ṭ-r-q (noun) + n-ṭ-q (noun)

  suit une méthode logique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: λογικῶς
  suit une méthode dialectique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: διαλεκτικῶς

.

ʿ-l-y

• على الإطلاق

  ʿalā l-ʾiṭlāqʿ-l-w (preposition) + ṭ-l-q (IV, inf)

  absolutely	Butterworth (1977)

  ʿalā al-ʾiṭlāqʿ-l-w ʿ-l-y (preposition) + ṭ-l-q (IV, inf)

  au sens absolu, de manière absolu	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἅπλῶς

• على طريق التناسب

  ʿalā ṭarīq al-tanāsubʿ-l-w ʿ-l-y (preposition) + ṭ-r-q (noun) + n-s-b (VI, inf)

  par analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• على طريق الكلّية

  ʿalā ṭarīq al-kullīyaʿ-l-w ʿ-l-y (preposition) + ṭ-r-q (noun) + k-l (noun)

  en général	Martin (1984)
  Greek: καθόλου

• عال

  ʿālinʿ-l-w ʿ-l-y (I, partact)

  that which transcends	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• على طريق المنطق

  ʿalā ṭarīq al-manṭiqʿ-l-w ʿ-l-y (preposition) + ṭ-r-q (noun) + n-ṭ-q (noun)

  suit une méthode logique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: λογικῶς
  suit une méthode dialectique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: διαλεκτικῶς

.

ʿ-m

• عموم

  ʿumūmʿ-m (noun)

  universality, extensiveness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عمّ

  ʿamma - yaʿummuʿ-m (I, verb)

  to be common	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ّأعم

  ʾaʿammʿ-m (elative)

  more general	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-m-d

• اعتماد

  iʿtimādʿ-m-d (VIII VIII, inf)

  accident of force, pressure, impetus	Dhanani (1994)
  tendency	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-m-l

• اسم معمول

  ism maʿmūls-m s-m-y (noun) + ʿ-m-l (I, partpass)

  coined noun	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: τὸ ὄνομα πεποιημένον

• علم عملى

  ʿilm ʿamalīʿ-l-m (noun) + ʿ-m-l (adjective)

  practical science	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فلسفة عملية

  falsafa ʿamalīyaf-l-s-f (noun) + ʿ-m-l (adjective)

  practical philosophy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة عاملة

  qūwa ʿāmilaq-w-y (noun) + ʿ-m-l (I, partact)

  practical faculty, practical intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عمل

  ʿamalʿ-m-l (noun)

  production	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-n

• خارج عن المركز

  ḫāriǧ ʿan al-markazḫ-r-ǧ (I, partact) + ʿ-n (preposition) + r-k-z (noun)

  eccentric orbit	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عن وضع

  ʿan wadiʿʿ-n (preposition) + w-ḍ-ʿ (noun)

  hypothetical	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• اعتنّ

  iʿtanna - yaʿtannuʿ-n (VIII, verb)

  to turn to (+ ʿalā)	Gutas (1988)

.

ʿ-n-d

• موضع عناد

  mawḍaʿ ʿinādw-ḍ-ʿ (noun) + ʿ-n-d (noun)

  point of contention	Butterworth (1977)

.

ʿ-n-ṣ-r

• عنضر مكانى

  ʿunṣur makānīʿ-n-ṣ-r (noun) + k-w-n (noun)

  matière locale	Martin (1984)

• عنصور

  ʿunṣūrʿ-n-ṣ-r (noun)

  constituent, element, matter	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عنصورى

  ʿunṣurīʿ-n-ṣ-r (adjective)

  material	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عنضر

  ʿunṣurʿ-n-ṣ-r (noun)

  élément	Martin (1984)
  élément fondamental, matière	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ὕλη

.

ʿ-n-y

• عناية

  ʿināyaʿ-n-y (noun)

  sollicitude, providence	Martin (1984)

• معنى

  maʿnanʿ-n-y (noun)

  meaning	Butterworth (1977)
  entitative accident, entity	Dhanani (1994)
  causal factor, concept, connotational attribute, core account, formal factor, individuating factor, intention, meaning, account, thing	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: intentio

.

ʿ-h-d

• عهدة

  ʿuhdaʿ-h-d (noun)

  imperfection	Gutas (1988)

.

ʿ-w-d

• اعتاد

  iʿtāda - yaʿtāduʿ-w-d (VIII, verb)

  to be habituated	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• اعتياد

  iʿtiyādʿ-w-d (VIII, inf)

  habituation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عادة

  ʿādaʿ-w-d (noun)

  character	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: τὸ ἔθος
  custom, customary practice	Gutas (1988)
  habit	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عوّد

  ʿawwada - yuʿawwiduʿ-w-d (II, verb)

  to habituate	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• معاد

  maʿādʿ-w-d (noun)

  destination	Gutas (1988)
  return	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-w-r

• استعارة

  istiʿāraʿ-w-r (X X, inf)

  metaphor	Butterworth (1977)
  metaphor	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ μεταφορά

• عار

  ʿārʿ-w-r (noun)

  defect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007) Info: maybe rather from the root ʿ-y-r, then meaning "shame"?

• عورة

  ʿawraʿ-w-r (noun)

  weakness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مستعار

  mustaʿārʿ-w-r (X, partpass)

  metaphorical	Butterworth (1986)

.

ʿ-w-ṣ

• مسئلة العويص

  masʾalat al-ʿawīṣs-ʾ-l (I, inf) + ʿ-w-ṣ (adjective)

  question difficile, question obscure, question ambiguë	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀπορία, τὸ ἀπόρημα

• عويص

  ʿawīṣʿ-w-ṣ (adjective)

  aporie, difficulté, problème	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀπορία, τὸ ἀπόρημα

.

ʿ-w-q

• عائق

  ʿāʾiqʿ-w-q (I, partact)

  obstacle	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-w-n

• أعان

  ʾaʿāna - yuʿīnuʿ-w-n (IV, verb)

  to aid	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• إعانة

  iʿānaʿ-w-n (IV, inf)

  help	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-y-r

• عيار

  ʿiyārʿ-y-r (III, inf)

  standard gauge	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-y-š

• عيش

  ʿayšʿ-y-š (noun)

  life	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ʿ-y-n

• عين الجمع

  ʿayn al-ǧamʿʿ-y-n (noun) + ǧ-m-ʿ (noun)

  substantial union	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عين

  ʿaynʿ-y-n (noun)

  individual instance, concrete particular	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ġ-b-ṭ

• غبطة

  ġibṭaġ-b-ṭ (noun)

  joy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ġ-d-b

• قوّة غدبية

  qūwa ġadabīyaq-w-y (noun) + ġ-d-b (adjective)

  irascible faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• غضب

  ġaḍabġ-d-b (noun)

  anger	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ġ-ḏ-w

• قوّة غاذية

  qūwa ġāḏīyaq-w-y (noun) + ġ-ḏ-w (adjective)

  faculté nutritive	Martin (1984)

• قوّة غذية

  qūwa ġaḏīyaq-w-y (noun) + ġ-ḏ-w (adjective)

  nutritive faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• غذاء

  ġiḏāʾġ-ḏ-w (noun)

  nourishment	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ġ-r-d

• غرض

  ġaraḍġ-r-d (noun)

  aim	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ġ-r-z

• حارّ غريزى

  ḥārr ġarīzīḥ-r (I, partact) + ġ-r-z (adjective)

  innate heat	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• غريز

  ġarīzġ-r-z (adjective)

  connate	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ġ-l-b

• ظنّ أغلب

  ẓann ʾaġlabẓ-n (noun) + ġ-l-b (elative)

  probable belief	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ظنّ غالب

  ẓann ġālibẓ-n (noun) + ġ-l-b (I, partact)

  overwhelming probability	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• غالب الظنّ

  ġālib al-ẓannġ-l-b (I, partact) + ẓ-n (noun)

  boardering on certainty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• غالب

  ġālibġ-l-b (I, partact)

  probable	Butterworth (1977)

• غلبة

  ġalabaġ-l-b (noun)

  Haine	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ νεῖκος

• مغلوب

  maġlūbġ-l-b (I, partpass)

  overpowered	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ġ-l-ṭ

• مغالطى

  muġālaṭīġ-l-ṭ (III, adjective)

  captieux	Martin (1984) Info: argument captieux = كلام مغالطى : kalām muġālaṭī

.

ġ-m

• غم

  ġammġ-m (noun)

  distress	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ّغم

  ġammġ-m (noun)

  déplaisir, tristesse, affliction	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ λύπη

.

ġ-m-ḍ

• مسئلة غامض

  masʾala ġāmiḍs-ʾ-l (I, inf) + ġ-m-ḍ (I, partact)

  question difficile, question obscure	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀπορία

• غامد

  ġāmiḍġ-m-ḍ (I, partact)

  difficult	Dhanani (1994)

• غامض

  ġāmiḍġ-m-ḍ (I, partact)

  difficile, obscur	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀσαφής

• غمض

  ġamaḍa - yaġmuḍuġ-m-ḍ (I, verb)

  être obscure	Martin (1984)

• غموض

  ġumūḍġ-m-ḍ (noun)

  complexité, obscurité	Martin (1984)

.

ġ-y

• غائية

  ġāʾīyaġ-y (noun)

  final cause	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• غاية

  ġāyaġ-y (noun)

  fin	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ τέλος
  final end; finality	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• غاية البيان

  ġāyat al-bayānġ-y (noun) + b-y-n (noun)

  self-evident	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

ġ-y-r

• أجزاء غير متجزّئة

  ʾaǧzāʾ ġayr mutaǧazziʾaǧ-z-ʾ (noun, plural of جزء : guzʾ) + ġ-y-r (negation) + ǧ-z-ʾ (V, partact, inanimate plural of متجزئ : mutaǧazziʾ)

  parties indivisibles, atomes	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ μεγέθη τὰ ἄτομα

• أجزاء غير متشابهة

  ʾaǧzāʾ ġayr mutašābihaǧ-z-ʾ (noun, plural of جزء : guzʾ) + ġ-y-r (negation) + š-b-h (VI, partact, inanimate plural of متشابه : mutašābih)

  dissemblables, anhoméomères	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀνόμοια ... μέρη

• عرض غير المفارق

  ʿaraḍ ġayr al-mufāraqʿ-r-ḍ (noun) + ġ-y-r (negation) + f-r-q (III, partpass)

  inseparable accident	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• غير جسمية

  ġayr ǧismīyaġ-y-r (negation) + ǧ-s-m (noun)

  incorporeal	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• غير متناه

  ġayr mutanāhinġ-y-r (negation) + n-h-w n-h-y (VI VI, partact)

  infini	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἄπειρος
  infinite	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• غير مناسبة

  ġayr munāsibaġ-y-r (negation) + n-s-b (III, partact)

  choses qui n'appartiennent pas à un même genre, choses entre lesquelles n'existe pas un relation	Martin (1984)

• غير موجود

  ġayr mawǧūdġ-y-r (negation) + w-ǧ-d (I, partpass)

  ce qui n'est pas	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ μὴ ὄν

• يقين غير ضرورى

  yaqīn ġayr ḍarūrīy-q-n (noun) + ġ-y-r (negation) + ḍ-r (adjective)

  non-necessary certainty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تغاير

  al-taġāyurġ-y-r (VI, inf)

  distinction, différence	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ διαφορά

• تغيير

  taġyīrġ-y-r (II, inf)

  changement	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ μεταβολή

• تغيّر

  taġayyurġ-y-r (V V, inf)

  changement	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ μεταβολή
  change	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• غير

  ġayrġ-y-r (adjective)

  otherness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  different	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• غيرى

  ġayrīġ-y-r (adjective)

  difference-making	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• غيريات

  ġayrīyātġ-y-r (noun, plural of غيرية : ġayrīya)

  altérités	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἑτερότης

• متغاير

  mutaġāyirġ-y-r (VI VI, partact)

  distincte l'une de l'autre	Martin (1984)
  distinct, diverse	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متغيّر

  mutaġayyarġ-y-r (V, partpass)

  changeable	Butterworth (1986)

  mutaġayyirġ-y-r (V, partact)

  changeable, subject to change	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مغيّر

  muġayyarġ-y-r (II, partpass)

  altered	Butterworth (1986)

.

f-d-l

• فضيلة

  faḍīlaf-d-l (noun)

  excellence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

f-d-m

• فدامة

  fadāmaf-d-m (noun)

  boorishness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

f-d-y

• فداء

  fadāʾf-d-y (noun)

  space	Dhanani (1994)

.

f-r-ḥ

• فريح

  farīḥf-r-ḥ (adjective)

  joyful	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

f-r-d

• تفرّد

  tafarrada - yatafarraduf-r-d (V, verb)

  to be individuated	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فرد

  fardf-r-d (adjective)

  unique	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مفرد

  mufradf-r-d (IV IV, partpass)

  individu, chose individuelle, être individuelle	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον
  single	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• منفرد

  munfaridf-r-d (VI, partact)

  independent, singular	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• منفردة

  munfaridaf-r-d (VII, partact, inanimate plural of منفرد : munfarid)

  individus, individuelles, choses particulières, choses individuelles	Martin (1984) Info: abridged form of, e.g., أشياء منفردة : ʾašyāʿ munfarida
  Greek: τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστα

.

f-r-ṭ

• شهجة مفرطة

  šahada mufriṭaš-h-d (noun) + f-r-ṭ (IV, partact)

  excessive regard	Gutas (1988)

• إفراط

  ʾifrāṭf-r-ṭ (IV, inf)

  excess	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

f-r-ʿ

• تفريع

  tafrīʿf-r-ʿ (II, inf)

  working out corollary principles (on the basis of أصول : uṣūl)	Gutas (1988)

• فرع

  farʿf-r-ʿ (noun)

  corollary principle	Gutas (1988)

• فروع

  furūʿf-r-ʿ (noun, plural of فرع : farʿ)

  corollary principles	Gutas (1988)

• فرّع

  farraʿa - yufarriʿuf-r-ʿ (II, verb)

  to derive corollary principles, to work out corollary principles (on the basis of أصول : uṣūl)	Gutas (1988)

.

f-r-ġ

• فراغ

  farāġf-r-ġ (noun)

  void	Dhanani (1994)

.

f-r-q

• صورة مفارقة

  ṣūra mufāriqaṣ-w-r (noun) + f-r-q (III, partact)

  separate form	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: forma abtracta

• عرض غير المفارق

  ʿaraḍ ġayr al-mufāraqʿ-r-ḍ (noun) + ġ-y-r (negation) + f-r-q (III, partpass)

  inseparable accident	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عرض مفارق

  ʿaraḍ mufāraqʿ-r-ḍ (noun) + f-r-q (III, partpass)

  separable accident	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عقل مفارق

  ʿaql mufāriqʿ-q-l (noun) + f-r-q (III, partact)

  separate intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علّة مفارقة

  ʿilla mufāriqaʿ-l (noun) + f-r-q (III, partact)

  separate cause	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مفارقة

  mufāraqaf-r-q (III, inf)

  opposition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

f-s-d

• فاسد

  fāsadf-s-d (I, partact)

  corruptible	Martin (1984)
  Greek: φθαρτός

  fāsidf-s-d (I, partact)

  corruptible, subject to corruption, corrupted	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فساد

  fasādf-s-d (noun)

  corruption	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ φθορά
  corruption, imperfection	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فسد

  fasada - yafsudu/yafsiduf-s-d (verb)

  to corrupt, to become corrupt	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

f-ṣ-l

• فصل ذاتى

  faṣl ḏātīf-ṣ-l (noun) + ḏ-w (adjective)

  essential difference	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• انفصال

  infiṣālf-ṣ-l (VII VII, inf)

  discontinuité	Martin (1984)
  disjunctive	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تفصيل

  tafṣīlf-ṣ-l (II II, inf)

  division	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ διαίρεσις
  dissolution, differentiating	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فاصلة

  fāṣilaf-ṣ-l (noun)

  disjunction	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: τὸ ἄρθρον

• فصل

  faṣlf-ṣ-l (noun)

  differentia	Butterworth (1977)
  Latin: differentia
  boundary, partition, difference	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• منفصل

  munfaṣilf-ṣ-l (VII VII VII, partact)

  disjunctive	Butterworth (1977)
  discontinu	Martin (1984)
  discontinuous	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

f-ḍ-w

• فضاء

  faḍāʾf-ḍ-w f-ḍ-y (noun)

  space	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

f-ḍ-y

• فضاء

  faḍāʾf-ḍ-w f-ḍ-y (noun)

  space	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

f-ṭ-r

• فطرة

  fiṭraf-ṭ-r (noun)

  natural intelligence providing innate, a priori knowledge	Gutas (1988)

• فطرى

  fiṭrīf-ṭ-r (adjective)

  innate	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

f-ʿ-l

• العقل الفعّال للجميع

  al-ʿaql al-faʿʿāl li-l-ǧamīʿʿ-q-l (noun) + f-ʿ-l (adjective) + l (preposition) + ǧ-m-ʿ (adjective)

  l'intellect capable de producuire toutes choses	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ δὲ νοῦς τῷ πάντα ποεῖν

• عقل بالقعل

  ʿaql bi-l-fiʿlʿ-q-l (noun) + b (preposition) + f-ʿ-l (noun)

  actual intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: intellectus in actu

• عقل فعّال

  ʿaql faʿʿālʿ-q-l (noun) + f-ʿ-l (adjective)

  intellect actif, intellect agent	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ νοῦς ποιητικός

• عقل فعّل

  ʿaql faʿʿālʿ-q-l (noun) + f-ʿ-l (adjective)

  active intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: intellectus agens

• قوّة فاعلة ومنفعلة

  qūwa fāʿila wa-munfaʿilaq-w-y (noun) + f-ʿ-l (I, partact) + w (conjunction) + f-ʿ-l (VII, partact)

  active and passive facultiy, active and passive power, active and passive potentiality	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• انفعال

  infiʿālf-ʿ-l (VII VII, inf)

  affection, passion, action de subir, action d'être passif, action de supporter	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ πάθος
  qualité, determination, attribut	Martin (1984)
  passivity, passion	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• انفعالى

  infiʿālīf-ʿ-l (VII, adjective)

  affectif	Martin (1984)

• بالفعل

  bi-l-fiʿlb (preposition) + f-ʿ-l (noun)

  en acte	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἐνεργείᾳ

• فاعل

  fāʿilf-ʿ-l (partact) + f-ʿ-l (I I, partact)

  cause	Butterworth (1977)
  agent	Dhanani (1994)
  agent	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ποιοῦν, τὸ ποιητικόν
  agent, efficient cause, efficient principle	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فعل

  fiʿlf-ʿ-l (noun) + f-ʿ-l (I, noun)

  verb	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: τὸ ῥῆμα
  act	Dhanani (1994)
  acte	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἐνέργεια
  actualité, entéléchie, term réalisé par l'action	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἐντελεχεὶα
  actuality, act, action, activity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مفعول

  mafʿūlf-ʿ-l (I, partpass) + f-ʿ-l (partpass)

  effet, agi	Martin (1984)
  effect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• منفعل

  munfaʿilf-ʿ-l (VI, partact)

  passif	Martin (1984)
  Greek: παθητικός
  patient	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ παθητικόν

.

f-q

• متفقّ

  mutafaqqf-q (V, partpass)

  homonymous	Butterworth (1986)

.

f-q-r

• مفتقر

  muftaqirf-q-r (VIII, partact)

  dependent	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

f-k

• تفكّك

  tafakkukf-k (V V, inf)

  disintegration of a body during rotational motion	Dhanani (1994)
  fragmentation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• منفكّ

  munfakkf-k (partact)

  stand-aloof	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

f-k-r

• قوّة فكرية

  qūwa fikrīyaq-w-y (noun) + f-k-r (adjective)

  faculty of discursive thought	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة مفكّرة

  qūwa mufakkiraq-w-y (noun) + f-k-r (V, partact)

  cogitative faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فكر

  fikrf-k-r (noun)

  pensée discursive	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ διάνοια
  pensée	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ νόησις
  raisonnement	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ λογισμός
  discursive thought, discursive thinking, discursive reasoning	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  fikarf-k-r (noun, plural of فكرة : fikra)

  pensées	Martin (1984)

• فكرة

  fikraf-k-r (noun)

  pensée discursive	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ διάνοια

• فكرى

  fikrīf-k-r (adjective)

  pensable, conçu par l'entendement, objet de la pensée discursive	Martin (1984)
  Greek: διανοητός, διανοητικός

.

f-l-s-f

• الفلسفة الأولى

  al-falsafa al-ʾūlāf-l-s-f (noun) + ʾ-w-l (elative)

  philosophie première	Martin (1984)

• فلسفة سياسية

  falsafa siyāsīyaf-l-s-f (noun) + s-w-s (adjective)

  philosophy of governance	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فلسفة عملية

  falsafa ʿamalīyaf-l-s-f (noun) + ʿ-m-l (adjective)

  practical philosophy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فلسفة مدنية

  falsafa madanīyaf-l-s-f (noun) + m-d-n (adjective)

  social philosophy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فلسفة نظرية

  falsafa naẓarīyaf-l-s-f (noun) + n-ẓ-r (adjective)

  theoretical philosophy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فلسفة

  falsafaf-l-s-f (noun)

  philosophie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ φιλοσοφία
  philosophy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

f-l-k

• فلك تدوير

  falak tadwīrf-l-k (noun) + d-w-r (II, inf)

  epicycle	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فلك مائل

  falak māʾilf-l-k (noun) + m-y-l (I, partact)

  ecliptique, cercle incliné, orbe incliné	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ λοξός κύκλος

• فلك

  falakf-l-k (noun)

  celestial sphere	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

f-n-ṭ-s-y-a

• فنطاسيا

  fanṭāsīyāf-n-ṭ-s-y-a (noun)

  fantasiya, imagined form	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: ymaginativam, phantasia

.

f-n-y

• فناء

  fanāʾf-n-y (noun)

  accident of ceasing to exist, annihilation	Dhanani (1994)

.

f-h-m

• أفهام

  ʾafhāmf-h-m (noun, plural of فهم : fahm)

  insights, acts of discernment	Gutas (1988) Info: intelligendi actiones

• فهم

  fahima - yafhamuf-h-m (I, verb)

  penser	Martin (1984)
  Greek: νοεῖν

  fahmf-h-m (noun)

  pensée, compréhension	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ νόησις
  pensée discursive	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ διάνοια
  intelligence raisonnable, thought, sense, judgement	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ φρόνησις
  comprehending	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مفهوم

  mafhūmf-h-m (I, partpass)

  concept	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

f-y

• فى آخرة

  fī ʾāḫiraf-y (preposition) + ʾ-ḫ-r (I, partact)

  à la fin	Martin (1984)

• فى الذهن

  fī l-ḏihnf-y (preposition) + ḏ-h-n (noun)

  dans l'esprit	Martin (1984)

• فى الوجود

  fī l-wuǧūdf-y (preposition) + w-ǧ-d (noun)

  dans la réalité	Martin (1984)

• فى كثير

  fī kaṯīrf-y (preposition) + k-ṯ-r (adjective)

  for the most part	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة فى الأين

  qūwa fī l-ʾayniq-w-y (noun) + f-y (preposition) + ʾ-y-n (noun)

  puissance dans le lieu	Martin (1984)

• قوّة في المكان

  qūwa fī l-makānq-w-y (noun) + f-y (preposition) + k-w-n (noun)

  puissance locale	Martin (1984)

• مساويا فى النوع

  musāwiyan fī l-nawʿs-w-y (III, partact) + f-y (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun)

  même espèce	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁμοειδής

• ممكن فى نفسه

  mumkin fī nafsihīm-k-n (IV, partact) + f-y (preposition) + n-f-s (noun, feminine) + (pronoun)

  possible in itself	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

f-y-d

• عقل مستفاد

  ʿaql mustafādʿ-q-l (noun) + f-y-d (X X, partpass)

  intellect acquis	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ νοῦς θύραθεν  Latin: intellectus adeptus
  acquired intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: intellectus adeptus

• مستفاد

  mustafādf-y-d (X, partpass)

  acquis	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἐπίκτητος

.

f-y-ḍ

• خبر مستفيض

  ḫabar mustafīḍḫ-b-r (noun) + f-y-ḍ (X, partact)

  exhaustive report	Butterworth (1977)

• أفاض

  ʾafāḍa - yufīḍuf-y-ḍ (IV, verb)

  to flow, to spread out, to spread from, to bestow	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فيض

  fayḍf-y-ḍ (noun)

  bestowal	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فيضان

  fayaḍānf-y-ḍ (noun)

  deluge	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مفاض

  mufāḍf-y-ḍ (I, partpass)

  flowing	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-b-ḥ

• قبح

  qabḥq-b-ḥ (noun)

  ignominy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-b-l

• قابل بالوضع

  qābala bi-l-waḍʿq-b-l (III, verb) + b (preposition) + w-ḍ-ʿ (noun)

  s'opposer	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀντικεῖσθαι

• متقابل بالوضع

  mutaqābil bi-l-waḍʿq-b-l (IV, partact) + b (preposition) + w-ḍ-ʿ (noun)

  ce qui est opposé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἀντικείμενον

• متقابلة بالوضع

  mutaqābila bi-l-waḍʿq-b-l (IV, partact, inanimate plural of متقابل : mutaqābil) + b (preposition) + w-ḍ-ʿ (noun)

  les (choses) opposés, les (choses) opposés par la situation, les (choses) opposés par la position	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ ἀντικείμενα  Latin: ex positis in situ

• مقابل بالوضع

  muqābil bi-l-waḍʿq-b-l (III, partact) + b (preposition) + w-ḍ-ʿ (noun)

  ce qui est opposé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἀντικείμενον

• مقابلة بالوضع

  muqābala bi-l-waḍʿq-b-l (III, inf) + b (preposition) + w-ḍ-ʿ (noun)

  opposition	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀντίθεσις

• تقابل

  taqābulq-b-l (VI, inf)

  opposition	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀντίθεσις

• قابل

  qābilq-b-l (I, partact) + q-b-l (partact)

  receptacle	Martin (1984)
  ce qui reçoit	Martin (1984)
  recipient	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قابلية

  qābilīyaq-b-l (noun)

  receptive cause	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قبل

  qabluq-b-l (adverb)

  antérieur	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ πρότερον

• قبلية

  qablīyaq-b-l (noun)

  beforeness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قبول

  qabūlq-b-l (noun)

  susceptibility, receptivity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007) Info: receptio

• متقابل

  mutaqābilq-b-l (IV, partact) + q-b-l (VI, partact)

  opposé	Martin (1984)
  contradictory, opposite	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متقابلات

  mutaqābilātq-b-l (IV, partact, plural of متقابلة : mutaqābila)

  opposés	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ ἀντικείμενα

• متقابلة

  mutaqābilaq-b-l (IV, partact, inanimate plural of متقابل : mutaqābil)

  opposés	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ ἀντικείμενα

• مقابل

  muqābilq-b-l (III III, partact)

  opposé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀντικείμενος
  opposite	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مقابلة

  muqābalaq-b-l (III, inf)

  opposition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مقبول

  maqbūlq-b-l (I I, partpass)

  generally received	Butterworth (1977)
  accepted on trust	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-b-h

• قبيح

  qabīḥq-b-h (adjective)

  ignoble, wrong	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-t-r

• تقتير

  taqtīrq-t-r (II, inf)

  stinginess	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-d-r

• تقدير

  taqdīrq-d-r (II, inf)

  just distribution, foreordination	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قادر

  qādirq-d-r (I, partact)

  having power	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قدر

  qadrq-d-r (noun)

  extent	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قدرة

  qudraq-d-r (noun)

  autonomous power of action	Dhanani (1994)
  power, ability	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مقدار

  miqdārq-d-r (noun)

  magnitude, measure	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مقدور

  maqdūrq-d-r (I, partpass)

  object of power	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-d-s

• عقل قدسى

  ʿaql qudsīʿ-q-l (noun) + q-d-s (adjective)

  sacred intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-d-m

• أكثر تقدّماً

  ʾakṯar taqaddumank-ṯ-r (elative) + q-d-m (V, inf)

  antérieur, plus considérable en antériorité	Martin (1984)
  Greek: πρότερος

• إرادة قديمة

  ʾirāda qadīmar-w-d (IV, inf) + q-d-m (adjective)

  eternal will	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بالتقديم

  bi-l-taqdīmb (preposition) + q-d-m (II, inf)

  au sense premier, essentiellement, sans intermédiaire	Martin (1984)
  Greek: πρώτως

• بنوع أوّل وتقديم

  bi-nawʿ ʾawwal wa-taqdīmb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun) + ʾ-w-l (elative) + q-d-m (II, inf)

  au sense premier	Martin (1984)
  Greek: πρώτως

• مقدّمة صغرى

  muqaddama ṣuġrāq-d-m (II, partact) + ṣ-ġ-r (elative)

  minor premisse	Butterworth (1977)

• مقدّمة كبرى

  muqaddama kubrāq-d-m (II, partact) + k-b-r (elative)

  major premisse	Butterworth (1977)

• قدم

  qidamq-d-m (noun)

  eternity, pre-eternity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قديم

  qadīmq-d-m (adjective)

  eternal, pre-eternal	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متقدّم

  mutaqaddimq-d-m (V, partact)

  prior	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مقدمة

  muqaddimaq-d-m (II, partact, feminine)

  premise	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مقدّم

  muqaddimq-d-m (II, partact)

  conditional	Butterworth (1977)

• مقدّمة

  muqaddamaq-d-m (II, partact)

  premisse	Butterworth (1977)

  muqaddimaq-d-m (II, partact)

  proposition, prémisse	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ πρότασις
  hypothèse, position de base	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ὑπόθεσις

.

q-r

• اقترار

  iqtirārq-r (VIII, inf)

  satisfaction	Gutas (1988)

.

q-r-ʾ

• استقراء

  istiqrāʾq-r-ʾ (X, inf)

  induction	Butterworth (1977)

  istiqrāʾq-r-w (X, inf)

  induction	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-r-b

• جنس قريب

  ǧins qarībǧ-n-s (noun) + q-r-b (adjective)

  proximate genus	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علّة قريبة

  ʿilla qarībaʿ-l (noun) + q-r-b (adjective)

  proximate cause	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مقارب

  muqāribq-r-b (III, partact)

  approximate	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-r-n

• مقارنة

  muqāranaq-r-n (III, inf)

  conjunction	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مقترن

  muqtarinq-r-n (VIII, partact)

  joined	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-r-w

• استقراء

  istiqrāʾq-r-ʾ (X, inf)

  induction	Butterworth (1977)

  istiqrāʾq-r-w (X, inf)

  induction	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-z

• ّاستقز

  istaqazza - yastaqizzuq-z (X, verb)

  to find something repugnant	Gutas (1988)

.

q-s-r

• بالقسر

  bi-l-qasrb (preposition) + q-s-r (noun)

  de contrainte	Martin (1984)
  Greek: βίαιος, παρά φύσιν

• حركة بالقسر

  ḥaraka bi-l-qasrḥ-r-k (noun) + b (preposition) + q-s-r (noun)

  forced motion	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حركة قسرية

  ḥaraka qasrīyaḥ-r-k (noun) + q-s-r (adjective)

  mouvement forcé, mouvement de contrainte, mouvement compulsif	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ κίνησις βίαιος, ἡ κίνησις παρά φύσιν

• قسر

  qasrq-s-r (noun)

  force	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قسرى

  qasrīq-s-r (adjective)

  forcé, contraint	Martin (1984)
  Greek: βίαιος, παρά φύσιν

.

q-s-ṭ

• قسط

  qisṭq-s-ṭ (noun)

  fair measure	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-s-m

• نوع قسيم

  nawʿ qasīmn-w-ʿ (noun) + q-s-m (adjective)

  cognate species	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• انقسام

  inqisāmq-s-m (VII, inf)

  divisibility	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قسم

  qismq-s-m (noun)

  division	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قسمة

  qismaq-s-m (noun)

  division	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ διαίρεσις

• منقسم

  munqasimq-s-m (VII, partact)

  divided	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-ṣ

• قصّة

  qiṣṣaq-ṣ (noun)

  story	Butterworth (1986)
  matter	Gutas (1988)

.

q-ṣ-d

• قصد

  qaṣada - yaqsiduq-ṣ-d (I, verb)

  to intend	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  qaṣdq-ṣ-d (I, noun)

  intention	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قصيدة

  qaṣīdaq-ṣ-d (noun)

  ode	Butterworth (1986)

• مقصود

  maqṣūdq-ṣ-d (I, partpass)

  aim	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-ṣ-r

• قصور

  quṣūrq-ṣ-r (noun)

  impotency	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-ḍ-y

• انقضى

  inqaḍā - yanqaḍīq-ḍ-y (VII, verb)

  to terminate	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قضية

  qaḍīyaq-ḍ-y (noun)

  proposition	Butterworth (1977)
  proposition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-ṭ-b

• قطب

  quṭbq-ṭ-b (noun)

  pole	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-ṭ-r

• قطر

  quṭrq-ṭ-r (noun)

  side, diagonal, dimension	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-ṭ-ʿ

• مقطع

  maqṭaʿq-ṭ-ʿ (I, inf)

  syllable	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ συλλαβή

• منقطع

  munqaṭiʿq-ṭ-ʿ (VII, partact)

  demarcated	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-l

• أقلّ

  ʾaqallq-l (elative)

  lesser	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قلّة

  qillaq-l (noun)

  rarity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مستقلّ

  mustaqillq-l (X, partact)

  independent	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-l-b

• قلب الأجناس

  qalb al-ʾaǧnāsq-l-b (noun) + ǧ-n-s (noun, pural of جنس : ǧins)

  transformation of class	Dhanani (1994)

• منقلب شمال

  munqalab šamālq-l-b (partpass) + š-m-l (noun)

  north pole	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• منقلب شمالى

  munqalab šamālīq-l-b (VII, partpass) + š-m-l (adjective)

  northern tropic	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قلب

  qalbq-l-b (noun)

  internal organ; heart	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• منقلب

  munqalabq-l-b (VII, partpass)

  pole, tropic	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-l-d

• تقليد

  taqlīdq-l-d (II, inf)

  authority; following authority uncritically (without investigating reasons)	Gutas (1988)

• قلّد

  qallada - yuqalliduq-l-d (II, verb)

  to follow authority uncritically (without investigating reasons)	Gutas (1988)

.

q-l-q

• قلق

  qalaqq-l-q (noun)

  anxiety	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-n

• اقنوم

  ʾuqnūmq-n (noun)

  hypostasis	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قانون

  qānūnq-n (noun)

  basic rule	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-n-ʿ

• إقناع

  ʾiqnāʿq-n-ʿ (IV IV, inf)

  persuasion	Butterworth (1977)
  persuasion	Martin (1984)

• إقناعى

  ʾiqnāʿīq-n-ʿ (IV, adjective)

  persuasif	Martin (1984) Info: argument persuasif = كلام اقناعى : kalām ʾiqnāʿī

• مقنع

  muqniʿq-n-ʿ (IV, partact)

  persuasif, dialectique	Martin (1984) Info: argument persuasif = كلام مقنع : kalām muqniʿ

.

q-n-w

• قنية

  qunyaq-n-w q-n-y (noun)

  possession, disposition permanente, disposition stable, état permanent, acquis, aptitude, habitus, possession	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἕξις  Latin: habitus

.

q-n-y

• قنية

  qunyaq-n-w q-n-y (noun)

  possession, disposition permanente, disposition stable, état permanent, acquis, aptitude, habitus, possession	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἕξις  Latin: habitus

.

q-w-l

• مقولة الكيف

  maqūlat al-kayfq-w-l (noun) + k-y-f (noun)

  catégorie de la quantité	Martin (1984)

• يقول واجب

  yaqūlu wāǧibq-w-l (I, verb) + w-ǧ-b (I, partact)

  dire nécessairement	Martin (1984)
  Greek: εὐλόγως

• ّمقولة الكم

  maqūlat al-kammk-m (noun) + q-w-l (noun)

  catégorie de la quantité	Martin (1984)

• قول

  qawlq-w-l (noun)

  argument	Butterworth (1977)
  speech	Butterworth (1977)
  statement, sentence, argument	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ὁ λόγος
  mot, parole, ce qui est dit	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ λόγος
  argument, definition, statement	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مقول

  maqūlq-w-l (I, partpass)

  qui est dit de, qui est donné comme prédicat	Martin (1984)

• مقولات

  maqūlātq-w-l (noun, plural of مقولة : maqūla)

  catégories, prédicaments	Martin (1984)
  Greek: αί κατηγορίαι

• مقولة

  maqūlaq-w-l (noun)

  catégorie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ κατηγορία

.

q-w-m

• قائم بذاته

  qāʾim bi-ḏātihīq-w-m (I, partact) + b (preposition) + ḏ-w (noun) + (pronoun)

  en soi, par soi-même	Martin (1984)
  Greek: αὐτό

• قائم بنفسه

  qāʾim bi-nafsihīq-w-m (I, partact) + b (preposition) + n-f-s (noun) + (pronoun)

  par soi, par soi-même	Martin (1984)
  Greek: αὐτό

• تقوّم

  taqawwama - yataqawwamuq-w-m (V, verb)

  to be constituted	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوام

  qiwāmq-w-m (noun)

  subsistence, normal state	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قيام

  qiyāmq-w-m (noun)

  subsistence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مقوّم

  muqawwimq-w-m (II, partact)

  constitutive	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  constitute	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-w-y

• عقل بالقوّة

  ʿaql bi-l-quwaʿ-q-l (noun) + b (preposition) + q-w-y (noun)

  potential intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة إجماعية

  qūwa ʾiǧmāʿīyaq-w-y (noun) + ǧ-m-ʿ (IV, adjective)

  faculty of resolve	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة حافظة ذاكرة

  qūwa ḥāfiẓa ḏākiraq-w-y (noun) + ḥ-f-ẓ (I, partact) + ḏ-k-r (I, partact)

  faculty of memory	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة حساسة

  qūwa ḥasāsaq-w-y (noun) + ḥ-s (adjective)

  faculté sensitive	Martin (1984)

• قوّة خيالية

  qūwa ḫayālīyaq-w-y (noun) + ḫ-y-l (adjective)

  imagery faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة شهوانية

  qūwa šahwānīyaq-w-y (noun) + š-h-w š-h-y (adjective)

  faculté cocupiscible	Martin (1984)
  appetitive faculty, appetitive soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة شوقية

  qūwa šawqīyaq-w-y (noun) + š-w-q (adjective)

  faculté appétitive	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ὀρεκτικόν, τὸ ἐπιθυμητικόν

• قوّة عالمة

  qūwa ʿālimaq-w-y (noun) + ʿ-l-m (I, partact)

  theoretical faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة عاملة

  qūwa ʿāmilaq-w-y (noun) + ʿ-m-l (I, partact)

  practical faculty, practical intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة غاذية

  qūwa ġāḏīyaq-w-y (noun) + ġ-ḏ-w (adjective)

  faculté nutritive	Martin (1984)

• قوّة غدبية

  qūwa ġadabīyaq-w-y (noun) + ġ-d-b (adjective)

  irascible faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة غذية

  qūwa ġaḏīyaq-w-y (noun) + ġ-ḏ-w (adjective)

  nutritive faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة فاعلة ومنفعلة

  qūwa fāʿila wa-munfaʿilaq-w-y (noun) + f-ʿ-l (I, partact) + w (conjunction) + f-ʿ-l (VII, partact)

  active and passive facultiy, active and passive power, active and passive potentiality	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة فكرية

  qūwa fikrīyaq-w-y (noun) + f-k-r (adjective)

  faculty of discursive thought	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة فى الأين

  qūwa fī l-ʾayniq-w-y (noun) + f-y (preposition) + ʾ-y-n (noun)

  puissance dans le lieu	Martin (1984)

• قوّة في المكان

  qūwa fī l-makānq-w-y (noun) + f-y (preposition) + k-w-n (noun)

  puissance locale	Martin (1984)

• قوّة متخيّلة

  qūwa mutaḫayyilaq-w-y (noun) + ḫ-y-l (V V, partact)

  faculté imaginative	Martin (1984)
  imaginative faculty, imaginative power	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: vis imaginativa

• قوّة محرّكة

  qūwa muḥarrikaq-w-y (noun) + ḥ-r-k (II, partact)

  motive faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة مدركة

  qūwa mudrikaq-w-y (noun) + d-r-k (IV, partact)

  faculty of perception	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة مروّية

  qūwa murawwīyaq-w-y (noun) + r-w-y (II, partact)

  deliberative faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة مزوعية شوقية

  qūwa nuzūʿīya šawqīyaq-w-y (noun) + n-z-ʿ (adjective) + š-w-q (adjective)

  faculty of appetite, appetite	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة مصوّرة

  qūwa muṣawwiraq-w-y (noun) + ṣ-w-r (II, partact)

  form-bearing faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: vis informativa

• قوّة مفكّرة

  qūwa mufakkiraq-w-y (noun) + f-k-r (V, partact)

  cogitative faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة منمّية

  qūwa munammīyaq-w-y (noun) + n-m-y (II, partact)

  faculty of growth	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة مهنية

  qūwa mahanīyaq-w-y (noun) + m-h-n (adjective)

  vocational faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة مولّدة

  qūwa muwallidaq-w-y (noun) + w-l-d (II, partact)

  faculty of reproduction	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة ناطقة

  qūwa nāṭiqaq-w-y (noun) + n-ṭ-q (I, partact)

  rational faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة نظرىة

  qūwa naẓarīyaq-w-y (noun) + n-ẓ-r (adjective)

  theoretical faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة وهمية

  qūwa wahmīyaq-w-y (noun) + w-h-m (adjective)

  estimative faculty, estimative soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• بالقوّة

  bi-l-qūwab (preposition) + q-w-y (noun)

  en puissance	Martin (1984)
  Greek: δυνάμει

• قوّة

  qūwaq-w-y (noun)

  puissance, faculté, force	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ δύναμις
  capability, faculty, potentiality, potency, power	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

q-y-d

• بتقييد

  bi-taqyīdb (preposition) + q-y-d (II, inf)

  au sense relatif	Martin (1984)

• تقييد

  taqyīdq-y-d (II, inf)

  restrictive	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مقيّد

  muqayyidq-y-d (II, partact)

  relatif	Martin (1984)

.

q-y-s

• بمساواة المقايسة

  bi-musāwāt al-muqāyasab (preposition) + s-w-y (III, inf) + q-y-s (III, inf)

  par analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• تساوى المقايسة

  tasāwī l-muqāyasas-w-y (VI, inf) + q-y-s (III, inf)

  analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀναλογία

• قياس الخلف

  qiyās al-ḫulfq-y-s (noun) + ḫ-l-f (noun)

  contradictory syllogism	Butterworth (1977)

• كتاب القياس

  kitāb al-qiyāsk-t-b (noun) + q-y-s (noun)

  Premiers Analytiques, Livre du Syllogisme	Martin (1984)
  Greek: Αναλυτικών προτέρων

• قياس

  qiyāsq-y-s (noun)

  syllogism	Butterworth (1977)
  argument, syllogisme, raissonnement, argumentation	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ συλλογισμός
  reasoning, syllogism	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  proportional, proportional to	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مقياس

  miqyāsq-y-s (noun)

  premise	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

k-b-r

• مقدّمة كبرى

  muqaddama kubrāq-d-m (II, partact) + k-b-r (elative)

  major premisse	Butterworth (1977)

.

k-t-b

• سنّة مكتوبة

  sunna maktūbas-n (noun) + k-t-b (I, partpass)

  recorded tradition	Butterworth (1977)

• كتاب القياس

  kitāb al-qiyāsk-t-b (noun) + q-y-s (noun)

  Premiers Analytiques, Livre du Syllogisme	Martin (1984)
  Greek: Αναλυτικών προτέρων

• كتب

  kutubk-t-b (noun, plural of كتاب : kitāb)

  books	Gutas (1988)

.

k-ṯ-r

• أكثر تأخّراً

  ʾakṯar taʾaḫḫurank-ṯ-r (elative) + ʾ-ḫ-r (V, inf)

  postérieur, plus considérable en postériorité	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὕστερος

• أكثر تقدّماً

  ʾakṯar taqaddumank-ṯ-r (elative) + q-d-m (V, inf)

  antérieur, plus considérable en antériorité	Martin (1984)
  Greek: πρότερος

• الواحد والكثير

  al-wāḥid wa-l-kaṯīrw-ḥ-d (I, partact) + w (conjunction) + k-ṯ-r (adjective)

  l'un et le multiple	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἓν καὶ τὰ πολλὰ

• فى كثير

  fī kaṯīrf-y (preposition) + k-ṯ-r (adjective)

  for the most part	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• أكثر

  ʾakṯark-ṯ-r (elative)

  for the most part	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  greater	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• كثرة

  kaṯrak-ṯ-r (noun)

  multiplicity, frequency, many, multiple	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متكثّر

  mutakaṯṯirk-ṯ-r (V, partact)

  many	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

k-ḏ-b

• كاذب

  kāḏibk-ḏ-b (I, partact)

  false	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• كذب

  kiḏbk-ḏ-b (noun)

  falsehood	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

k-r

• تكرار

  takrārk-r (noun)

  repetition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• كرة

  kurak-r (noun)

  sphere	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• كرّة

  karrak-r (noun)

  orbit	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

k-r-h

• كراهة

  karāhak-r-h (noun)

  accident of aversion	Dhanani (1994)

.

k-s-b

• العقل الذى من إكتساب

  al-ʿaql allaḏī min iktisābʿ-q-l (noun) + ḏ-w (pronoun) + m-n (preposition) + k-s-b (VIII, inf)

  intellect acquis	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ νοῦς ἐπίκτητος

• عقل مكتسب

  ʿaql muktasibʿ-q-l (noun) + k-s-b (VIII, partact)

  intellect acquis	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ νοῦς ἐπίκτητος

• علم مكتسب

  ʿilm muktasabʿ-l-m (noun) + k-s-b (VIII, partpass)

  acquired knowledge	Dhanani (1994)

• اكتساب

  iktisābk-s-b (VIII, inf)

  acquisition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: adeptio

• كسب

  kasbk-s-b (noun)

  acquisition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

k-s-f

• كسوف

  kusūfk-s-f (noun)

  eclipse	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

k-f-ʾ

• مكلفئ

  mukāfiʾk-f-ʾ (III, partact)

  coexistent	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

k-l

• بالكلّية

  bi-l-kullīyab (preposition) + k-l (noun)

  en général	Martin (1984)
  Greek: καθόλου

• بنوع كلّى

  bi-nawʿ kullīb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun) + k-l (adjective)

  en général	Martin (1984)
  Greek: καθόλου

• على طريق الكلّية

  ʿalā ṭarīq al-kullīyaʿ-l-w ʿ-l-y (preposition) + ṭ-r-q (noun) + k-l (noun)

  en général	Martin (1984)
  Greek: καθόλου

• نفس كلّية

  nafs kullīyan-f-s (noun, feminine) + k-l (adjective)

  universal soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• هيئة الكلّ

  hayʾat al-kullh-y-ʾ (noun) + k-l (noun)

  astronomy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ّهذا الكل

  hāḏā l-kullk-l (noun)

  Tout, universe, monde	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ πᾶν, τὸ ὅλον

• كلال

  kilālk-l (noun)

  fatigue	Martin (1984)

• كلّ

  kullk-l (noun)

  tout	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὅλος
  Tout, universe, monde	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ πᾶν, τὸ ὅλον

• كلّى

  kullīk-l (adjective)

  universal	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• كلّيات

  kullīyātk-l (noun, plural of كلّية : kullīya)

  universels, universaux; êtres universels, qui ne sont qu'abstractions, concues par la pensée	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ καθόλου

• ّكل

  kullk-l (noun)

  universal	Butterworth (1977)
  whole, universe	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

k-l-m

• كلام

  kalāmk-l-m (noun)

  theology, Islamic theology	Gutas (1988)

• كلمة

  kalimak-l-m (noun)

  verb	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: τὸ ῥῆμα
  mot, parole, enonciation	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ λόγος
  cause formelle	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ λόγος

• متكلّم

  mutakallimk-l-m (V, partact)

  speculative theologian	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

k-m

• ّمقولة الكم

  maqūlat al-kammk-m (noun) + q-w-l (noun)

  catégorie de la quantité	Martin (1984)

• كمّ

  kammk-m (noun)

  quantity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• كمّى

  kammīk-m (adjective)

  quantitative	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• كمّية

  kammīyak-m (noun)

  le combien, catégorie de la quantité	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ποσόν, ἡ ποσότης
  quantity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ّكم

  kammk-m (noun)

  le combien, catégorie de la quantité	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ποσόν, ἡ ποσότης

.

k-m-l

• كمال أخير

  kamāl ʾaḫīrk-m-l (noun) + ʾ-ḫ-r (adjective)

  final perfection, ultimate perfection	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• استكمال

  istikmālk-m-l (X, inf)

  perfection, accomplissement, achévement, entéléchie, fin	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἐντελεχεὶα, τὸ τέλος  Latin: perfectio

• استكمل

  istakmala - yastakmiluk-m-l (X, verb)

  atteindre sa perfection	Martin (1984)

• تكميل

  takmīlk-m-l (II, inf)

  perfection, full actuality	Gutas (1988)
  Greek: ἡ ἐντελέχεια

• كمال

  kamālk-m-l (noun)

  perfection, accomplissement, achévement, entéléchie, fin	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἐντελεχεὶα, τὸ τέλος
  perfection, first and second perfection	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• كمالى

  kamālīk-m-l (adjective)

  final	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• كمّل

  kammala - yukammiluk-m-l (II, verb)

  to render perfect, to bring out in full actuality	Gutas (1988)

• مستكمل

  mustakmilk-m-l (X, partact)

  parfait, ce qui s'accomplit, ce qui acquiert sa perfection	Martin (1984)

  mustakmalk-m-l (X, partpass)

  perfected	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

k-n-w

• كناية

  kināyak-n-w k-n-y (noun)

  metonymy	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ μετωνυμία

.

k-n-y

• كناية

  kināyak-n-w k-n-y (noun)

  metonymy	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ μετωνυμία

.

k-w-k-b

• كوكب

  kawkabk-w-k-b (noun)

  planète	Martin (1984)

.

k-w-n

• حركة مكانية

  ḥaraka makānīyaḥ-r-k (noun) + k-w-n (adjective)

  locomotion	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عنضر مكانى

  ʿunṣur makānīʿ-n-ṣ-r (noun) + k-w-n (noun)

  matière locale	Martin (1984)

• قوّة في المكان

  qūwa fī l-makānq-w-y (noun) + f-y (preposition) + k-w-n (noun)

  puissance locale	Martin (1984)

• مكان مضاف

  makān muḍāfk-w-n (noun) + ḍ-y-f (IV, partpass)

  relative place	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• أكوان

  ʾakwānk-w-n (noun, plural of كون : kawn)

  accidents of location	Dhanani (1994)

• تكوّن

  takawwana - yatakawwanuk-w-n (V V, verb)

  être engendré, procéder	Martin (1984)
  Greek: γίγνεται
  to be generated	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• كائن

  kāʾink-w-n (I I, partact)

  générable	Martin (1984)
  Greek: γενητός
  generable, subject to generation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• كان

  kāna - yakūnuk-w-n (I, verb)

  être engendré	Martin (1984)
  Greek: γίγνεται

• كون

  kawnk-w-n (noun)

  accident of location	Dhanani (1994)
  génération	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ γένεσις
  generation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متكوّن

  mutakawwink-w-n (V, partact)

  generable, generated	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مكان

  makānk-w-n (noun)

  space, spatial location, place, natural place	Dhanani (1994)
  place	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

k-y-f

• مقولة الكيف

  maqūlat al-kayfq-w-l (noun) + k-y-f (noun)

  catégorie de la quantité	Martin (1984)

• كيف

  kayfk-y-f (noun)

  comment, qualité, categorie de la qualité	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ποιόν, ἡ ποιότης
  quality	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• كيفية

  kayfīyak-y-f (noun)

  comment, qualité, categorie de la qualité	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ποιόν, ἡ ποιότης
  primary quality (like hot/cold and wet/dry)	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

l

• العقل الذى هو ملكة لنفس

  al-ʿaql allaḏī huwa malaka li-nafsʿ-q-l (noun) + ḏ-w (pronoun) + h-w (pronoun) + m-l-k (noun) + l (preposition) + n-f-s (noun)

  l'intellect qui est une habitu de l'âme	Martin (1984)

• العقل الفعّال للجميع

  al-ʿaql al-faʿʿāl li-l-ǧamīʿʿ-q-l (noun) + f-ʿ-l (adjective) + l (preposition) + ǧ-m-ʿ (adjective)

  l'intellect capable de producuire toutes choses	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ δὲ νοῦς τῷ πάντα ποεῖν

• علم لما

  ʿilm li-māʿ-l-m (noun) + l (preposition) + m-ʾ (pronoun)

  knowledge why	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• لأجل

  li-ʾaǧll (preposition) + ʾ-ǧ-l (noun)

  for the sake of	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• لما

  li-māl (preposition) + m-ʾ (pronoun)

  why	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

l-ʾ

• الجزء الذى لا يتجزّأ

  al-ǧuzʾ allaḏī lā yataǧazzaʾuǧ-z-ʾ (noun) + ḏ-w (pronoun) + l-ʾ (negation) + ǧ-z-ʾ (V, verb)

  atom	Dhanani (1994)

• بلا زمان

  bi-lā zamānb (preposition) + l-ʾ (negation) + z-m-n (noun)

  instantaneously	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• جزء لا يتجّأ

  ǧuzʾ lā yataǧazzaʾuǧ-z-ʾ (noun) + l-ʾ (negation) + ǧ-z-ʾ (V, verb)

  indivisible part, atom	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• لا ترتيب

  lā tartībl-ʾ (negation) + r-t-b (II, inf)

  desordre	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀταξία

• لا متناه

  lā mutanāhinl-ʾ (negation) + n-h-w n-h-y (VI, partact)

  infini	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἄπειρος

• لا نظام

  lā niẓāml-ʾ (negation) + n-ẓ-m (noun)

  désordre	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀταξία

• لا وجود

  lā wuǧūdl-ʾ (negation) + w-ǧ-d (noun)

  nonexistence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• لانهاية

  lā-nihāyal-ʾ (negation) + n-h-w n-h-y (noun)

  infini	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἄπειρον
  infinite	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ما لا نهاية

  mā lā nihāyam-ʾ (pronoun) + l-ʾ (negation) + n-h-w n-h-y (noun)

  ce qui n'a pas de fin, infini	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἄπειρος

.

l-ʾ-m

• بنوع ملائم

  bi-nawʿ mulāʾimb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun) + l-ʾ-m (III, partact)

  par analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• لاءم

  lāʾama - yulāʾimul-ʾ-m (III, verb)

  s'accorder avec, convenir à	Martin (1984)

• ملاءمة

  mulāʾamal-ʾ-m (III, inf)

  convenance, conformité	Martin (1984)
  analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀναλογία

.

l-b-s

• لابس

  lābasa - yulābisul-b-s (III, verb)

  s'ingérer, s'immiscer	Martin (1984)
  Latin: admisceri
  connaît intimement	Martin (1984)
  entrer en contact	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἐφάπτεσθαι

.

l-ḥ-d

• ألحد

  ʾalḥada - yulḥidul-ḥ-d (IV, verb)

  to lean towards something with ulterior motives	Gutas (1988)

• ملاحدة

  malāḥidal-ḥ-d (IV, partact, plural of ملحد : mulḫid)

  sycophants, hangers-on, those who lean towards something with ulterior motives	Gutas (1988)

.

l-ḥ-q

• أمور لاحقة

  ʾumūr lāḥiqaʾ-m-r (noun, plural to امر : ʾamr) + l-ḥ-q (I, partact, inanimate plural of لاحق : lāḥiq)

  dérivés, choses qui sont subséquentes, attributes	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, τὰ πάθη, τὰ συμβεβηκότα

• لواحق

  lawāḥiql-ḥ-q (noun, plural to لاحقة : lāḥiqa)

  dérivés, accidents, adjoints	Martin (1984)

.

l-ḥ-m

• لاحم

  lāḥama - yulāḥimul-ḥ-m (III, verb)

  joindre à	Martin (1984)

• ملاحمة

  mulāḥamal-ḥ-m (III, inf)

  union organique, disposition ordonée, composition organique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ σύμφυσις

.

l-ḥ-n

• لحن

  laḥnl-ḥ-n (noun)

  melody	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ ἁρμονία, τὸ μέλος

.

l-ḫ-ṣ

• تلخيص

  talḫīṣl-ḫ-ṣ (II, inf)

  exposition, interpretation	Gutas (1988)

.

l-d

• لداد

  lidādl-d (III, inf)

  real point of dispute	Gutas (1988)

.

l-ḏ

• التذاذ

  iltiḏāḏl-ḏ (VIII, inf)

  pleasure	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• لذّة

  laḏḏal-ḏ (noun)

  plaisier	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἡδονή
  pleasure	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

l-z-m

• تلازم

  talāzuml-z-m (VI, inf)

  constantly conjoined	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• لازم

  lāziml-z-m (I, partact) + l-z-m (partact)

  consequent, concomitant	Martin (1984)
  necessary conclusion; concomitant	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• لزم

  lazima - yalzamul-z-m (I, verb)

  accompagner, être attaché nécessairement, faire suite	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀκολουθεῖν

• لزوم

  luzūml-z-m (noun)

  consequence	Butterworth (1977)
  suite, conséquence, concomitance	Martin (1984)
  entailment	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

l-s-n

• ألسن

  ʾalsanl-s-n (elative)

  eloquent	Butterworth (1986)

.

l-ṣ-q

• لاصق

  lāṣaqa - yulāṣiqul-ṣ-q (III, verb)

  s'attacher à, adhérer à, être contigu	Martin (1984)

• ملاصقة

  mulāṣaqal-ṣ-q (III, inf)

  union organique, disposition ordonée, composition organique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ σύμφυσις

.

l-ṭ-f

• تلطيف

  talṭīfl-ṭ-f (II, inf)

  rarefaction	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• لطائف

  laṭāʾifl-ṭ-f (noun, plural of لطيفة : laṭīfa)

  pithy sayings	Gutas (1988)

• لطيف

  laṭīfl-ṭ-f (adjective)

  obscure	Dhanani (1994)
  terse	Gutas (1988)

.

l-ġ-z

• لغز

  luġzl-ġ-z (noun)

  puzzle	Butterworth (1986)

.

l-ġ-w

• لغوى

  laġawīl-ġ-w (adjective)

  nonsensical	Butterworth (1986)

.

l-f-ẓ

• ألفاظ

  ʾalfāẓl-f-ẓ (noun, plural of لفظ : lafẓ)

  close textual analysis	Gutas (1988)
  terms, words	Gutas (1988)
  Latin: sermones, ipsissima verba

• لفظ

  lafẓl-f-ẓ (noun)

  utterance	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ φωνή
  term	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

l-q-y

• من تلقاء نفسه

  min tilqāʾi nafsihīm-n (preposition) + l-q-y (preposition) + n-f-s (noun) + (pronoun)

  spontanément	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τῷ αὐτομάτῳ

  min tilqāʾi nafsihīm-n (preposition) + l-q-y (noun) + n-f-s (noun, feminine) + (pronoun)

  spontaneously	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ملاق

  mulāqinl-q-y (III, partact)

  intrinsic	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ملاقاة

  mulāqātl-q-y (III, inf)

  direct contact	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

l-m-s

• لامس

  lāmasa - yulāmisul-m-s (III, verb)

  entrer en contact	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἅπτεσθαι, θιγγάνειν

• لمس

  lamsl-m-s (noun)

  contact	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἁφή, ἡ ἅψις
  touch	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

l-h-q

• لاحقة

  lāḥiqal-h-q (noun)

  consequence, consequential accident	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

l-h-m

• إلهام

  ʾilhāml-h-m (IV, inf)

  inspiration	Gutas (1988)

.

l-w-m

• بالمناسبة

  bi-l-mulāwamab (preposition) + l-w-m (III, inf)

  par analogie	Martin (1984) Info: "Cette confusion entre les deux racines لاوم et لاءم, semble une particularité de la langue vulgaire (Dozy, II, 559)."
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• لاوم

  lāwama - yulāwimul-w-m (III, verb)

  adresser des reproches	Martin (1984)
  s'accorder avec, convenir à	Martin (1984) Info: "Cette confusion entre les deux racines لاوم et لاءم, semble une particularité de la langue vulgaire (Dozy, II, 559)."

• ملاومة

  mulāwamal-w-m (III, inf)

  convenance, conformité	Martin (1984) Info: "Cette confusion entre les deux racines لاوم et لاءم, semble une particularité de la langue vulgaire (Dozy, II, 559)."
  analogie	Martin (1984) Info: "Cette confusion entre les deux racines لاوم et لاءم, semble une particularité de la langue vulgaire (Dozy, II, 559)."
  Greek: ἡ ἀναλογία

.

l-w-n

• لون

  lawnl-w-n (noun)

  accident of color, color	Dhanani (1994)

.

m-ʾ

• علم لما

  ʿilm li-māʿ-l-m (noun) + l (preposition) + m-ʾ (pronoun)

  knowledge why	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• علم ما بعد الطبيعيات

  ʿilm mā baʿd al-ṭabīʿīyātʿ-l-m (noun) + m-ʾ (pronoun) + b-ʿ-d (preposition) + ṭ-b-ʿ (noun)

  metaphysics	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• لما

  li-māl (preposition) + m-ʾ (pronoun)

  why	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ما بعد الطبيعة

  mā baʿd al-ṭabīʿam-ʾ (pronoun) + b-ʿ-d (preposition) + ṭ-b-ʿ (noun)

  Metaphysique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὰ μετὰ τὰ φυσικά

• ما لا نهاية

  mā lā nihāyam-ʾ (pronoun) + l-ʾ (negation) + n-h-w n-h-y (noun)

  ce qui n'a pas de fin, infini	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἄπειρος

• ما هى

  mā hiyam-ʾ (pronoun) + h-w (pronoun, originally deriving from the rendering of the Greek τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι as mā huwa (Wisnovsky (2003), 150))

  essence	Butterworth (1977)

• ماهية

  māhīyam-ʾ-h (noun, )

  quiddité, essence	Martin (1984) Info: originally deriving from the rendering of the Greek τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι as mā huwa (Wisnovsky (2003), 150)
  Greek: τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι, τὸ εἶναι

  mā-hīyam-ʾ (pronoun) + h-w (pronoun, )

  quiddité, essence	Martin (1984) Info: originally deriving from the rendering of the Greek τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι as mā huwa (Wisnovsky (2003), 150)
  Greek: τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι, τὸ εἶναι

  māhīya/mā-hīyam-ʾ-h (noun)

  essence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007) Info: originally deriving from the rendering of the Greek τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι as mā huwa (Wisnovsky (2003), 150)
  Latin: quidditas

.

m-ʾ-h

• ماهية

  māhīyam-ʾ-h (noun, )

  quiddité, essence	Martin (1984) Info: originally deriving from the rendering of the Greek τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι as mā huwa (Wisnovsky (2003), 150)
  Greek: τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι, τὸ εἶναι

  mā-hīyam-ʾ (pronoun) + h-w (pronoun, )

  quiddité, essence	Martin (1984) Info: originally deriving from the rendering of the Greek τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι as mā huwa (Wisnovsky (2003), 150)
  Greek: τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι, τὸ εἶναι

  māhīya/mā-hīyam-ʾ-h (noun)

  essence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007) Info: originally deriving from the rendering of the Greek τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι as mā huwa (Wisnovsky (2003), 150)
  Latin: quidditas

.

m-ṯ-l

• أمثلة

  ʾamṯilam-ṯ-l (noun, plural of مثال : miṯāl)

  images	Gutas (1988)

• تمثيل

  tamṯīlm-ṯ-l (II, inf)

  analogy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مثال

  miṯālm-ṯ-l (noun)

  example	Butterworth (1977)
  simile, pattern, paradigm, Platonic paradigm	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مثالى

  miṯālīm-ṯ-l (adjective)

  paradigmatic	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مثل

  maṯalm-ṯ-l (noun)

  likeness, simile	Butterworth (1986)
  image	Gutas (1988)
  parable	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

m-ǧ-m-ǧ

• مخمخة

  maǧmagam-ǧ-m-ǧ (noun)

  indirection, lack of explicitness or forthrightness, equivocation, prevarication	Gutas (1988)

.

m-ǧ-n

• مجون

  muǧūnm-ǧ-n (noun)

  buffoonery	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

m-ḥ-n

• محنة

  miḥnam-ḥ-n (noun)

  inquisition	Dhanani (1994)

.

m-d

• امتداد

  imtidādm-d (VIII, inf)

  extension, being extended	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مادة

  māddam-d (noun)

  matter	Butterworth (1977)

• مادّة

  māddam-d (noun)

  matière	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ὕλη
  matter	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: materia

• مادّة أولى

  mādda ʾūlām-d (noun) + ʾ-w-l (elative, feminine)

  prime matter	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: prima materia

• مدّة

  muddam-d (noun)

  duration	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

m-d-ḥ

• مديح

  madīḥm-d-ḥ (noun)

  eulogy	Butterworth (1986)
  tragedy	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ τραγῳδία

.

m-d-n

• فلسفة مدنية

  falsafa madanīyaf-l-s-f (noun) + m-d-n (adjective)

  social philosophy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

m-z-ǧ

• امتزاج

  imtizāǧm-z-ǧ (VIII, inf)

  elemental mixture	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مزاج

  mizāǧm-z-ǧ (III, inf)

  temperament of the body, particular blending of the four humors which determine a person's mental and emotional constitution	Gutas (1988)
  Greek: ἡ κρᾶσις

  mizāǧm-z-ǧ (noun)

  humoral temperament, elemental mixture, humoral mixture	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

m-s

• تماسّ

  tamāssa - yatamāssum-s (VI, verb)

  to touch	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مماسّة

  mumāssam-s (III III, inf)

  contact	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἁφή, ἡ ἅψις
  contiguity, contact	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ّتماس

  tamāssm-s (VI, inf)

  contact mutuel	Martin (1984)

.

m-s-ḥ

• حيلة مساحية

  ḥīla masāḥīyaḥ-w-l ḥ-y-l (noun) + m-s-ḥ (adjective)

  measuring strategies	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مساحة

  misāḥam-s-ḥ (noun)

  magnitude	Dhanani (1994)

.

m-ʿ

• ًمعا

  maʿanm-ʿ (adverb)

  simultaneously	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

m-k-n

• ممكن الوجود

  mumkin al-wuǧūdm-k-n (IV, partact) + w-ǧ-d (noun)

  possible existent	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ممكن بذاته

  mumkin bi-ḏātihīm-k-n (IV, partact) + b (preposition) + ḏ-w (noun)

  possible in itself	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ممكن فى نفسه

  mumkin fī nafsihīm-k-n (IV, partact) + f-y (preposition) + n-f-s (noun, feminine) + (pronoun)

  possible in itself	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• موجود ممكن

  mawǧūd mumkinw-ǧ-d (I, partpass) + m-k-n (IV, partact)

  existing possibly	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• وجود ممكن

  wuǧūd mumkinw-ǧ-d (noun) + m-k-n (IV, partact)

  possible existence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• إمكان

  ʾimkānm-k-n (IV, inf)

  possibility	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ممكن

  mumkinm-k-n (IV IV, partact)

  possible	Martin (1984)
  Greek: δυνατός
  possible, contingent	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

m-l

• ملال

  mulālm-l (noun)

  weariness	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ملّة

  millam-l (noun)

  religoius community	Butterworth (1977)

.

m-l-q

• ملق

  malaqm-l-q (noun)

  sycophancy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

m-l-k

• العقل الذى بالملكة

  al-ʿaql allaḏī bi-l-malakaʿ-q-l (noun) + ḏ-w (pronoun) + b (preposition) + m-l-k (noun)

  intellect in habitu	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ νοῦς ἔχων ἕξιν, ὁ ἐν ἕξει νοῦς, ὁ νοῦς καθ᾽ ἕξιν

• العقل الذى هو ملكة لنفس

  al-ʿaql allaḏī huwa malaka li-nafsʿ-q-l (noun) + ḏ-w (pronoun) + h-w (pronoun) + m-l-k (noun) + l (preposition) + n-f-s (noun)

  l'intellect qui est une habitu de l'âme	Martin (1984)

• عقل بالملكة

  ʿaql bi-l-malakaʿ-q-l (noun) + b (preposition) + m-l-k (noun)

  dispositional intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: intellectus in habitu

• ملكة

  malakam-l-k (noun)

  disposition permanente	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἕξις  Latin: habitus
  habit	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مملكة

  mamlakam-l-k (noun)

  domain	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

m-l-w

• أملى

  ʾamlā - yumlīm-l-w (IV, verb)

  to dictate	Gutas (1988) Info: technical term for manuscript writing
  Latin: ad notandum dare

.

m-n

• العقل الذى من إكتساب

  al-ʿaql allaḏī min iktisābʿ-q-l (noun) + ḏ-w (pronoun) + m-n (preposition) + k-s-b (VIII, inf)

  intellect acquis	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ νοῦς ἐπίκτητος

• المحصّل من الحكماء

  al-muḥaṣṣil min al-ḥukamāʾḥ-ṣ-l (II, partact) + m-n (preposition) + ḥ-k-m (adjective, plural of حكيم : ḥakīm)

  a philosopher who has ascertained, verified, and determined the validity of the facts himself	Gutas (1988)

• من أجل

  min ʾaǧlm-n (preposition) + ʾ-ǧ-l (noun)

  for the sake of	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• من تلقاء نفسه

  min tilqāʾi nafsihīm-n (preposition) + l-q-y (preposition) + n-f-s (noun) + (pronoun)

  spontanément	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τῷ αὐτομάτῳ

  min tilqāʾi nafsihīm-n (preposition) + l-q-y (noun) + n-f-s (noun, feminine) + (pronoun)

  spontaneously	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• يحرّر من الدستور

  yuḥarriru min al-dustūrḥ-r (II, verb) + m-n (preposition) + d-s-t-r (noun)

  to make a copy from an archetype	Gutas (1988) Info: technical term for manuscript writing
  Latin: in textualem litteram redigere

• يخرج من السواد

  yuḫriǧu min al-sawādḫ-r-ǧ (IV, verb) + m-n (preposition) + s-w-d (noun)

  to transcribe [an archetype] from a rough draft	Gutas (1988) Info: technical term for manuscript writing

.

m-n-ʿ

• امتناع

  imtināʿm-n-ʿ (VIII, inf)

  impossibility	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مانع

  māniʿm-n-ʿ (I, partact)

  obstacle; opposition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ممتنع

  mumtaniʿm-n-ʿ (VIII, partact)

  impossible	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• منع

  manaʿa - yamnaʿum-n-ʿ (I, verb)

  to oppose	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

m-n-w

• منى

  minanm-n-w m-n-y (noun)

  sperme, semence	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ σπέρμα, ἡ γονή

.

m-n-y

• منى

  minanm-n-w m-n-y (noun)

  sperme, semence	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ σπέρμα, ἡ γονή

.

m-h-n

• قوّة مهنية

  qūwa mahanīyaq-w-y (noun) + m-h-n (adjective)

  vocational faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مهنى

  mahanīm-h-n (adjective)

  vocational	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• امتحان

  imtiḥānm-h-n (VIII, inf)

  examination	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• مهنة

  mihnam-h-n (noun)

  discipline, art	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ τέχνη

.

m-w-t

• موت

  mawtm-w-t (noun)

  death	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

m-w-h

• تمويه

  tamwīhm-w-h (II, inf)

  misrepresentation in the sophistical sense of making something wrong seem right, pretense	Gutas (1988)

• موّه

  mawwaha - yumawwihum-w-h (II, verb)

  to pretend	Gutas (1988)

.

m-y-z

• تمييز

  tamyīzm-y-z (II, inf)

  discernment	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ميّز

  mayyaza - yumayyizum-y-z (II, verb)

  to discern, to distinguish	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

m-y-l

• فلك مائل

  falak māʾilf-l-k (noun) + m-y-l (I, partact)

  ecliptique, cercle incliné, orbe incliné	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ λοξός κύκλος

• ميل

  maylm-y-l (noun)

  inclination	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-ā-m-w-s

• ناموس

  nāmūsn-ā-m-w-s (noun)

  law	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-b-t

• نفس نباتية

  nafs nabātīyan-f-s (noun, feminine) + n-b-t (adjective)

  vegetative soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-b-ṭ

• استنباط

  istinbāṭn-b-ṭ (X X, inf)

  deduction	Butterworth (1977)
  discovery, discovery of the middle term	Gutas (1988)
  Greek: ἡ εὕρεσις

• استنبط

  istanbaṭa - yastanbiṭun-b-ṭ (X, verb)

  to discover	Gutas (1988)

.

n-b-ʿ

• منبع

  manbaʿn-b-ʿ (noun)

  source	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-b-w

• نبوّة

  nubūwan-b-w (noun)

  prophethood	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-t-ǧ

• نتيجة

  natīǧan-t-ǧ (noun)

  conclusion	Butterworth (1977)
  conclusion	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-ǧ-r

• نجارة

  niǧāran-ǧ-r (noun)

  charpentier	Martin (1984)

.

n-ḥ-w

• نحو

  naḥwn-ḥ-w (noun)

  aspect, grammar	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-d-r

• نادر

  nādirn-d-r (partact)

  rare	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-z-ʿ

• قوّة مزوعية شوقية

  qūwa nuzūʿīya šawqīyaq-w-y (noun) + n-z-ʿ (adjective) + š-w-q (adjective)

  faculty of appetite, appetite	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نفس نزوعية

  nafs nuzūʿīyan-f-s (noun, feminine) + n-z-ʿ (adjective)

  appetitive soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• انتزاع

  intizāʿn-z-ʿ (VIII, inf)

  extraction	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• انتزع

  intazaʿa - yantaziʿun-z-ʿ (VIII, verb)

  to be extracted	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نزع

  nazaʿa - yanziʿun-z-ʿ (I, verb)

  to extract	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نزّاع

  nazzāʿn-z-ʿ (adjective)

  inclination	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-z-h

• انتزه

  intazaha - yantazihun-z-h (VIII, verb)

  to keep oneself above something	Gutas (1988)

.

n-s-b

• بتناسب

  bi-tanāsubb (preposition) + n-s-b (VI, inf)

  par analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• على طريق التناسب

  ʿalā ṭarīq al-tanāsubʿ-l-w ʿ-l-y (preposition) + ṭ-r-q (noun) + n-s-b (VI, inf)

  par analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• غير مناسبة

  ġayr munāsibaġ-y-r (negation) + n-s-b (III, partact)

  choses qui n'appartiennent pas à un même genre, choses entre lesquelles n'existe pas un relation	Martin (1984)

• بالمناسبة

  bi-l-munāsabab (preposition) + n-s-b (III, inf)

  par analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• بطريق النسبة

  bi-ṭarīq al-nisbab (preposition) + ṭ-r-q (noun) + n-s-b (noun)

  par analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• تناسب

  tanāsubn-s-b (VI, inf)

  analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀναλογία

• مناسبة

  munāsaban-s-b (III III III, inf)

  analogy	Butterworth (1977)
  analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀναλογία
  comparison, correspondence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نسبة

  nisban-s-b (noun)

  relation	Butterworth (1977)
  relation	Martin (1984)
  relation, association, ratio, proportion	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-s-ḫ

• تناسخ

  tanāsuḫn-s-ḫ (VI, inf)

  transmigration	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نسخة

  nusḫan-s-ḫ (noun)

  copy	Gutas (1988) Info: technical term for manuscript writing
  Latin: codex

.

n-ṣ-b

• منصوب

  manṣūbn-ṣ-b (I, partpass)

  accusative	Butterworth (1986)

.

n-ṣ-f

• إنصاف

  ʾinṣāfn-ṣ-f (IV, inf)

  fair judgement, impartial judgement	Gutas (1988)

.

n-ṭ-q

• بنوع المنطق

  bi-nawʿ al-manṭiqb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun) + n-ṭ-q (noun)

  suit une méthode logique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: λογικῶς
  suit une méthode dialectique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: διαλεκτικῶς

• قوّة ناطقة

  qūwa nāṭiqaq-w-y (noun) + n-ṭ-q (I, partact)

  rational faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نفس ناطقة

  nafs nāṭiqan-f-s (noun, feminine) + n-ṭ-q (I, partact)

  rational soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• صناعة المنطق

  ṣināʿat al-manṭiqṣ-n-ʿ (noun) + n-ṭ-q (noun)

  logic	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• على طريق المنطق

  ʿalā ṭarīq al-manṭiqʿ-l-w ʿ-l-y (preposition) + ṭ-r-q (noun) + n-ṭ-q (noun)

  suit une méthode logique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: λογικῶς
  suit une méthode dialectique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: διαλεκτικῶς

• منطق

  manṭiqn-ṭ-q (noun)

  logic	Butterworth (1977)
  logic; speech	Gutas (1988)
  Greek: ὁ λόγος
  logique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ λογική (τέχνη)
  dialectique, controverse, art de discuter, art de la controverse	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ διαλεκτική (τέχνη)

• منطقى

  manṭiqīn-ṭ-q (adjective)

  logique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: λογικός

• منطقيون

  manṭiqīyūnn-ṭ-q (adjective, plural of منطقى : manṭiqī)

  dialecticiennes	Martin (1984)
  Greek: οἱ διαλεκτικοί

• ناطق

  nāṭiqn-ṭ-q (I, partact)

  logikos, rational	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Greek: λογικός

• نطق

  nuṭqn-ṭ-q (noun)

  raison, rationalité, langage, parole articulée	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ λόγος
  logos, reason	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Greek: ὁ λόγος

.

n-ẓ-r

• عقل نظرى

  ʿaql naẓarīʿ-q-l (noun) + n-ẓ-r (adjective)

  theoretical intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: intellectus speculativus

• علم المناظر

  ʿilm al-manāẓirʿ-l-m (noun) + n-ẓ-r (noun, plural of منظر : manẓar)

  optics	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• فلسفة نظرية

  falsafa naẓarīyaf-l-s-f (noun) + n-ẓ-r (adjective)

  theoretical philosophy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قوّة نظرىة

  qūwa naẓarīyaq-w-y (noun) + n-ẓ-r (adjective)

  theoretical faculty	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• انتظار

  intiẓārn-ẓ-r (VIII, inf)

  antizipation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• منظر

  manẓarn-ẓ-r (noun)

  visual appearance	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نظر

  naẓarn-ẓ-r (noun)

  reflection	Dhanani (1994)
  étude, spéculation, contemplation	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ θεωρία, ἡ σκέψις, ἡ ἐπίσκεψις
  vision	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ὅρασις
  inference	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نظرى

  naẓarīn-ẓ-r (adjective)

  speculative, théorique	Martin (1984)
  theoretical	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-ẓ-m

• لا نظام

  lā niẓāml-ʾ (negation) + n-ẓ-m (noun)

  désordre	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀταξία

• انتظام

  intiẓāmn-ẓ-m (VIII, inf)

  union organique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ σύμφυσις
  ordre	Martin (1984)

• منتظم

  muntaẓimn-ẓ-m (VIII, partact)

  ordonné	Martin (1984)

• نظام

  niẓāmn-ẓ-m (noun)

  union organique, composition organique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ σύμφυσις
  ordre, agencement, disposition ordonnée	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ τάξις
  colonne, série parallèle	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ συστοιχία
  arrangement	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  order	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-ʿ-m

• متنعّم

  mutanaʿʿimn-ʿ-m (V, partact)

  aesthete	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-ġ-m

• نغم

  naġmn-ġ-m (noun)

  tune	Butterworth (1986)

.

n-f-r

• منافرى

  munāfarīn-f-r (III, adjective)

  epideictic, contradictory	Butterworth (1977)

.

n-f-s

• ألم نفسانى

  ʾalam nafsānīʾ-l-m (noun) + n-f-s (adjective)

  psychological pain	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• العقل الذى هو ملكة لنفس

  al-ʿaql allaḏī huwa malaka li-nafsʿ-q-l (noun) + ḏ-w (pronoun) + h-w (pronoun) + m-l-k (noun) + l (preposition) + n-f-s (noun)

  l'intellect qui est une habitu de l'âme	Martin (1984)

• بيّن بنفسه

  bayyin bi-nafsihīb-y-n (adjective) + b (preposition) + n-f-s (noun) + (pronoun)

  self-evident	Butterworth (1986)

• عرض النفس

  ʿaraḍ al-nafsʿ-r-ḍ (noun) + n-f-s (noun, feminine)

  accident of the soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قائم بنفسه

  qāʾim bi-nafsihīq-w-m (I, partact) + b (preposition) + n-f-s (noun) + (pronoun)

  par soi, par soi-même	Martin (1984)
  Greek: αὐτό

• ممكن فى نفسه

  mumkin fī nafsihīm-k-n (IV, partact) + f-y (preposition) + n-f-s (noun, feminine) + (pronoun)

  possible in itself	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• من تلقاء نفسه

  min tilqāʾi nafsihīm-n (preposition) + l-q-y (preposition) + n-f-s (noun) + (pronoun)

  spontanément	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τῷ αὐτομάτῳ

  min tilqāʾi nafsihīm-n (preposition) + l-q-y (noun) + n-f-s (noun, feminine) + (pronoun)

  spontaneously	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نفس إنساية

  nafs ʾinsānīyan-f-s (noun, feminine) + ʾ-n-s (adjective)

  human soul, rational soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نفس حيوانية

  nafs ḥayawānīyan-f-s (noun, feminine) + ḥ-y ḥ-y-w (adjective)

  animal soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نفس سماوية

  nafs samāwīyan-f-s (noun, feminine) + s-m-w (adjective)

  celestial soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نفس كلّية

  nafs kullīyan-f-s (noun, feminine) + k-l (adjective)

  universal soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نفس ناطقة

  nafs nāṭiqan-f-s (noun, feminine) + n-ṭ-q (I, partact)

  rational soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نفس نباتية

  nafs nabātīyan-f-s (noun, feminine) + n-b-t (adjective)

  vegetative soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نفس نزوعية

  nafs nuzūʿīyan-f-s (noun, feminine) + n-z-ʿ (adjective)

  appetitive soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نفس وهمية

  nafs wahmīyan-f-s (noun, feminine) + w-h-m (adjective)

  estimative soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نفس

  nafsn-f-s (noun, feminine)

  soul	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-f-ʿ

• انتفاع

  intifāʿn-f-ʿ (VIII, inf)

  usefulness, benefit	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نافع

  nāfiʿn-f-ʿ (I, partact)

  beneficial	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-f-w

• انتفاء

  intifāʾn-f-w n-f-y (VIII, inf)

  absence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نفى

  nafyn-f-w n-f-y (noun)

  denial	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-f-y

• انتفاء

  intifāʾn-f-w n-f-y (VIII, inf)

  absence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نفى

  nafyn-f-w n-f-y (noun)

  denial	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-q-ṣ

• انتقاص

  intiqāṣn-q-ṣ (VIII, inf)

  degeneration	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تناقص

  tanāquṣn-q-ṣ (VI, inf)

  degeneration	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ناقص

  nāqiṣn-q-ṣ (partact)

  imperfection	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نقص

  naqṣn-q-ṣ (noun)

  décroissement, diminuition	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ φθίσις
  deficiency, defect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نقصان

  nuqṣānn-q-ṣ (noun)

  décroissement, diminuition	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ φθίσις
  deficiency	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-q-ḍ

• تناقض

  tanāquḍn-q-ḍ (VI, inf)

  contradiction	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀντίφασις

• مناقض

  munāqiḍn-q-ḍ (III, partact)

  contradictoire	Martin (1984)

• مناقضة

  munāqaḍan-q-ḍ (III, inf)

  contradiction	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀντίφασις

• نقيض

  naqīḍn-q-ḍ (adjective)

  contradiction	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀντίφασις
  contradictoire	Martin (1984)

• نقيضة

  naqīḍan-q-ḍ (noun)

  contradiction	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἀντίφασις

.

n-q-ṭ

• نقطة

  nuqṭan-q-ṭ (noun)

  point	Dhanani (1994)
  point	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-q-l

• انتقال

  intiqāln-q-l (VIII, inf)

  transference	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• منقول

  manqūln-q-l (I, partpass)

  transferred	Butterworth (1986)

• نقل

  naqala - yanqulun-q-l (I, verb)

  to transform	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

  naqln-q-l (noun)

  displacement	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نقلة

  naqlan-q-l (noun)

  translation	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ φορά

.

n-m-ṭ

• نمط

  namaṭn-m-ṭ (noun)

  sort	Gutas (1988) Info: "this is the name Avicenna gives to the chapters of the Pointers and Reminders" (p. 46)

.

n-m-y

• قوّة منمّية

  qūwa munammīyaq-w-y (noun) + n-m-y (II, partact)

  faculty of growth	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ّنمو

  numūwn-m-y (noun)

  accroissement quantitatif, augmentation	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ αὔξησις

.

n-h-r

• معدّل النهار

  muʿaddal al-nahārʿ-d-l (II, partpass) + n-h-r (noun)

  equator	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-h-w

• غير متناه

  ġayr mutanāhinġ-y-r (negation) + n-h-w n-h-y (VI VI, partact)

  infini	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἄπειρος
  infinite	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• لا متناه

  lā mutanāhinl-ʾ (negation) + n-h-w n-h-y (VI, partact)

  infini	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἄπειρος

• لانهاية

  lā-nihāyal-ʾ (negation) + n-h-w n-h-y (noun)

  infini	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἄπειρον
  infinite	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ما لا نهاية

  mā lā nihāyam-ʾ (pronoun) + l-ʾ (negation) + n-h-w n-h-y (noun)

  ce qui n'a pas de fin, infini	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἄπειρος

• انتهاء

  intihāʾn-h-w n-h-y (VIII, inf)

  end	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متناه

  mutanāhinn-h-w n-h-y (VI, partact)

  finite	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نهاية

  nihāyan-h-w n-h-y (noun)

  fin	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ τέλος
  finitude, terminus, ending	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نهوءة

  nuhūʾan-h-w n-h-y (noun)

  stagnation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-h-y

• غير متناه

  ġayr mutanāhinġ-y-r (negation) + n-h-w n-h-y (VI VI, partact)

  infini	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἄπειρος
  infinite	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• لا متناه

  lā mutanāhinl-ʾ (negation) + n-h-w n-h-y (VI, partact)

  infini	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἄπειρος

• لانهاية

  lā-nihāyal-ʾ (negation) + n-h-w n-h-y (noun)

  infini	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἄπειρον
  infinite	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ما لا نهاية

  mā lā nihāyam-ʾ (pronoun) + l-ʾ (negation) + n-h-w n-h-y (noun)

  ce qui n'a pas de fin, infini	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἄπειρος

• انتهاء

  intihāʾn-h-w n-h-y (VIII, inf)

  end	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متناه

  mutanāhinn-h-w n-h-y (VI, partact)

  finite	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نهاية

  nihāyan-h-w n-h-y (noun)

  fin	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ τέλος
  finitude, terminus, ending	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نهوءة

  nuhūʾan-h-w n-h-y (noun)

  stagnation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-w-r

• إنارة

  ʾināran-w-r (IV, inf)

  enlightenment	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

n-w-ʿ

• بنوع

  bi-nawʿb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun)

  au sens, de manière, par	Martin (1984)

• بنوع أوّل وتقديم

  bi-nawʿ ʾawwal wa-taqdīmb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun) + ʾ-w-l (elative) + q-d-m (II, inf)

  au sense premier	Martin (1984)
  Greek: πρώτως

• بنوع المنطق

  bi-nawʿ al-manṭiqb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun) + n-ṭ-q (noun)

  suit une méthode logique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: λογικῶς
  suit une méthode dialectique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: διαλεκτικῶς

• بنوع كلّى

  bi-nawʿ kullīb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun) + k-l (adjective)

  en général	Martin (1984)
  Greek: καθόλου

• بنوع مبسوط

  bi-nawʿ mabsūṭb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun) + b-s-ṭ (I, partpass)

  absolu	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἅπλῶς

• بنوع ملائم

  bi-nawʿ mulāʾimb (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun) + l-ʾ-m (III, partact)

  par analogie	Martin (1984)
  Greek: κατ᾽ ἀναλογίαν, τῷ ἀνάλογον

• مساويا فى النوع

  musāwiyan fī l-nawʿs-w-y (III, partact) + f-y (preposition) + n-w-ʿ (noun)

  même espèce	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁμοειδής

• نوع قسيم

  nawʿ qasīmn-w-ʿ (noun) + q-s-m (adjective)

  cognate species	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نوع

  nawʿn-w-ʿ (noun)

  species, specific kind	Butterworth (1977)
  sens, manière, façon	Martin (1984)
  species	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• نوعية

  nawʿīyan-w-ʿ (noun)

  specificity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

h-ǧ-w

• هجاء

  hiǧāʾh-ǧ-w (noun)

  comedy	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ κωμῳδία
  satire	Butterworth (1986)

.

h-ḏ

• هذا الرجل

  hāḏā l-raǧulh-ḏ (pronoun) + r-ǧ-l (noun)

  cet homme	Martin (1984) Info: depends upon context; may specify, e.g., Aristotle, Avicenna, Alexander of Aphrodisias, al-Ghazālī

• هذا الشىء

  hāḏā l-šayʾh-ḏ (pronoun) + š-y-ʾ (noun)

  être détermine, substance individuelle	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τόδε τι

• هذا الصناعة

  hāḏā l-ṣināʿah-ḏ (pronoun) + ṣ-n-ʿ (noun)

  cette discipline	Martin (1984) Info: depends upon context; may specify, e.g., la Métaphysique

• هذا العلم

  hāḏā l-ʿilmh-ḏ (pronoun) + ʿ-l-m (noun)

  cette science	Martin (1984) Info: depends upon context; may specify, e.g., la Métaphysique

.

h-z-l

• هزل

  hazlh-z-l (noun)

  humor	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

h-ḍ-m

• هاضم

  hāḍimh-ḍ-m (I, partact)

  digestion	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• هضم

  haḍmh-ḍ-m (noun)

  digestion	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

h-m-ǧ

• همج

  hamaǧh-m-ǧ (noun, collective)

  parasites, gnats	Gutas (1988)

.

h-m-l

• مهمل

  muhmalh-m-l (IV, partpass)

  indefinite	Butterworth (1977)

.

h-n-d-s

• علم الهندسة

  ʿilm al-handasaʿ-l-m (noun) + h-n-d-s (noun)

  geometry	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

h-w

• العقل الذى هو ملكة لنفس

  al-ʿaql allaḏī huwa malaka li-nafsʿ-q-l (noun) + ḏ-w (pronoun) + h-w (pronoun) + m-l-k (noun) + l (preposition) + n-f-s (noun)

  l'intellect qui est une habitu de l'âme	Martin (1984)

• ايّ شىء هو

  ʾayy šayʾ huwaʾ-y (pronoun) + š-y-ʾ (noun) + h-w (pronoun)

  quality	Butterworth (1977)

• ما هى

  mā hiyam-ʾ (pronoun) + h-w (pronoun, originally deriving from the rendering of the Greek τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι as mā huwa (Wisnovsky (2003), 150))

  essence	Butterworth (1977)

• هو هو

  huwa huwah-w (pronoun)

  même	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ταὐτό, τὸ αὐτό

• هوية بالذات

  huwīya bi-l-ḏāth-w (noun) + b (preposition) + ḏ-w (noun)

  essential identity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ماهية

  māhīyam-ʾ-h (noun, )

  quiddité, essence	Martin (1984) Info: originally deriving from the rendering of the Greek τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι as mā huwa (Wisnovsky (2003), 150)
  Greek: τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι, τὸ εἶναι

  mā-hīyam-ʾ (pronoun) + h-w (pronoun, )

  quiddité, essence	Martin (1984) Info: originally deriving from the rendering of the Greek τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι as mā huwa (Wisnovsky (2003), 150)
  Greek: τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι, τὸ εἶναι

  māhīya/mā-hīyam-ʾ-h (noun)

  essence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007) Info: originally deriving from the rendering of the Greek τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι as mā huwa (Wisnovsky (2003), 150)
  Latin: quidditas

• هوية

  huwīyah-w (noun)

  être	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ὄν
  being, identity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• هوية بالعرض

  huwīya bi-l-ʿaraḍh-w (noun) + b (preposition) + ʿ-r-ḍ (noun)

  accidental identity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

h-w-r

• تهوّر

  tahawwurh-w-r (V, inf)

  temerity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

h-w-y

• أهواء

  ʾahwāʾh-w-y (noun, plural of هوى : hawan)

  fanciful notions	Gutas (1988)

• هوى

  hawanh-w-y (noun)

  fancy, one's subjective fanciful notion	Gutas (1988)

.

h-y-ʾ

• هيئة الكلّ

  hayʾat al-kullh-y-ʾ (noun) + k-l (noun)

  astronomy	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• تهيّؤ

  tahayyuʾh-y-ʾ (V, inf)

  predisposition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متهيّئ

  mutahayyiʾh-y-ʾ (V, partact)

  predisposed	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• هيئة

  hayʾah-y-ʾ (noun)

  visual appearence, shape	Dhanani (1994)
  habitus, possession	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἕξις  Latin: habitus
  configuration, design, disposition	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

h-y-l

• أصحاب الهيولى

  ʾaṣḥāb al-hayūlāṣ-ḥ-b (I, partact, plural of صاحب : ṣāḥib) + h-y-l (noun)

  believers in the doctrine of Prime Matter	Dhanani (1994)

• صورة هيولانية

  ṣūra hayūlānīyaṣ-w-r (noun) + h-y-l (adjective)

  material form	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: forma materialis

• عقل هيولانى

  ʿaql hayūlānīʿ-q-l (noun) + h-y-l (adjective)

  intellect matériel	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ὁ νοῦς ὑλικός
  material intellect	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: intellectus materialis

• هيولانية

  hayūlānīyah-y-l (noun)

  material	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• هيولى

  hayūlāh-y-l (noun)

  matière	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ὕλη
  matter, prime matter	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

w

• أوّلاً وبذات

  ʾawwalan wa-bi-ḏātʾ-w-l (adverb) + w (conjunction) + b (preposition) + ḏ-w (noun)

  par soi, immédiatement et par soi	Martin (1984)
  Greek: πρῶτον καθ᾽ αὑτό

• الواحد والكثير

  al-wāḥid wa-l-kaṯīrw-ḥ-d (I, partact) + w (conjunction) + k-ṯ-r (adjective)

  l'un et le multiple	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἓν καὶ τὰ πολλὰ

• تعقّل وانعقال

  taʿaqqul wa-nʿiqālʿ-q-l (V, inf) + w (conjunction) + ʿ-q-l (VII, inf)

  pensé	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ νοεῖν καὶ τὸ νοεῖσθαι

• قوّة فاعلة ومنفعلة

  qūwa fāʿila wa-munfaʿilaq-w-y (noun) + f-ʿ-l (I, partact) + w (conjunction) + f-ʿ-l (VII, partact)

  active and passive facultiy, active and passive power, active and passive potentiality	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

w-t-r

• تواتر

  tawāturw-t-r (VI, inf)

  repeated observation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متواتر

  mutawātarw-t-r (VI, partpass)

  continuous	Butterworth (1977)

• وتيرة

  watīraw-t-r (noun)

  uniform course	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

w-ṯ-q

• استوثق

  istawṯaqa - yastawṯiquw-ṯ-q (X, verb)

  to be secure against someone, to arrest someone, to detain someone	Gutas (1988)

.

w-ǧ-b

• واجب الوجود

  wāǧib al-wuǧūdw-ǧ-b (I I, partact) + w-ǧ-d (noun)

  the necessary existent	Gutas (1988)
  necessary existent	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• يقول واجب

  yaqūlu wāǧibq-w-l (I, verb) + w-ǧ-b (I, partact)

  dire nécessairement	Martin (1984)
  Greek: εὐλόγως

• إيجاب

  ʾījābw-ǧ-b (IV, inf)

  affirmation	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• موجب

  mūǧabw-ǧ-b (IV, partpass)

  affirmative	Butterworth (1977)

• واجب

  wāǧibw-ǧ-b (I I, partact)

  nécessaire	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἀναγκαῖον
  nécessaire	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀναγκαῖος
  necessité	Martin (1984)
  raissonable, rationnel, consequent, logique	Martin (1984)
  Greek: εὔλογος
  necessary, obligatory	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• وجوب

  wuǧūbw-ǧ-b (noun)

  necessity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

w-ǧ-d

• غير موجود

  ġayr mawǧūdġ-y-r (negation) + w-ǧ-d (I, partpass)

  ce qui n'est pas	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ μὴ ὄν

• فى الوجود

  fī l-wuǧūdf-y (preposition) + w-ǧ-d (noun)

  dans la réalité	Martin (1984)

• لا وجود

  lā wuǧūdl-ʾ (negation) + w-ǧ-d (noun)

  nonexistence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ممكن الوجود

  mumkin al-wuǧūdm-k-n (IV, partact) + w-ǧ-d (noun)

  possible existent	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• موجود ممكن

  mawǧūd mumkinw-ǧ-d (I, partpass) + m-k-n (IV, partact)

  existing possibly	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• واجب الوجود

  wāǧib al-wuǧūdw-ǧ-b (I I, partact) + w-ǧ-d (noun)

  the necessary existent	Gutas (1988)
  necessary existent	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• وجود خاصّ

  wuǧūd ḫāṣṣw-ǧ-d (noun) + ḫ-ṣ (I, partact)

  proper existence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• وجود ممكن

  wuǧūd mumkinw-ǧ-d (noun) + m-k-n (IV, partact)

  possible existence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• موجود

  mawǧūdw-ǧ-d (I I I, partpass)

  existent	Dhanani (1994)
  être, ce qui existe, chose existante	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ὄν
  existante	Martin (1984)
  existent, existing thing	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  existing	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• وجود

  wuǧūdw-ǧ-d (noun)

  existence	Dhanani (1994)
  être, existence	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ὄν, τὸ εἶναι
  habitus, possession	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ ἕξις  Latin: habitus
  existence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

w-ǧ-h

• أجذ بالوجوه

  ʾaḫḏ bi-l-wuǧūhʾ-ḫ-ḏ (noun) + b (preposition) + w-ǧ-h (noun, plural of وجه : waǧh)

  delivery, elocution	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ἡ ὑπόκρισις

• جهة

  ǧihaw-ǧ-h (noun)

  space, spatial location, side, direction	Dhanani (1994)
  direction	Gutas (1988)
  direction, side	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• وجه

  waǧhw-ǧ-h (noun)

  manner	Gutas (1988)

.

w-ḥ-d

• الواحد والكثير

  al-wāḥid wa-l-kaṯīrw-ḥ-d (I, partact) + w (conjunction) + k-ṯ-r (adjective)

  l'un et le multiple	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ ἓν καὶ τὰ πολλὰ

• علم التوحيد

  ʿilm al-tawḥīdʿ-l-m (noun) + w-ḥ-d (II, inf)

  theology	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• اتّحاد

  ittiḥādw-ḥ-d (VIII, inf)

  union mystique avec Dieu	Martin (1984)

  ittaḥada - yattaḥiduw-ḥ-d (VIII, verb)

  to be united with, to unite with	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• توحيد

  tawḥīdw-ḥ-d (II II, inf)

  unité; unité de Dieu	Martin (1984)
  unity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• واحد

  wāḥidw-ḥ-d (partact)

  one, numerically one, unit	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• وحدانية

  waḥdānīyaw-ḥ-d (noun)

  unity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• وحدة

  waḥdaw-ḥ-d (noun)

  unity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

w-ḥ-y

• وحى

  waḥyw-ḥ-y (noun)

  revelation	Gutas (1988)

.

w-d

• تودّد

  tawaddudw-d (V, inf)

  displaying affection	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

w-z-n

• ميزان

  mīzānw-z-n (noun)

  balance	Gutas (1988)

• وزن

  waznw-z-n (noun)

  meter	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: τὸ μέτρον
  rhythm	Butterworth (1986)
  Greek: ὁ ῥυθμός

.

w-z-y

• موازاة

  muwāzātw-z-y (III, inf)

  parallelism	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

w-s-ṭ

• بتوسّط

  bi-tawassuṭb (preposition) + w-s-ṭ (V, inf)

  par l'intermédiaire	Martin (1984)

• أوسط

  ʾawsaṭw-s-ṭ (elative)

  middle term	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• توسّط

  tawassuṭw-s-ṭ (V V, inf)

  intermédiaire	Martin (1984)
  median state	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• حدّ أوسط

  ḥadd ʾawsaṭḥ-d (noun) + w-s-ṭ (elative)

  middle term	Butterworth (1977)

• طرف أوسط

  ṭarf ʾawsaṭṭ-r-f (noun) + w-s-ṭ (elative)

  middle term	Butterworth (1977)

• متوسّط

  mutawassiṭw-s-ṭ (V, inf)

  intermédiaire	Martin (1984)
  Greek: τὸ μεταξύ

  mutawassiṭw-s-ṭ (V, partact)

  connection, median, middle point	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• واسطة

  wāsiṭaw-s-ṭ (I, partact, feminine)

  connection	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• وساطة

  wisāṭaw-s-ṭ (noun)

  medium	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• وسط

  wasaṭw-s-ṭ (noun)

  mean; middle term; middle, mid-point	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• ًمتوسّطا

  mutawassiṭanw-s-ṭ (V, adverb)

  comme un intermédiaire	Martin (1984)

.

w-s-ʿ

• وسع

  wusʿw-s-ʿ (noun)

  capacity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

w-ṣ-f

• صفة الجنس

  ṣifat al-ǧinsw-ṣ-f (noun) + ǧ-n-s (noun)

  class attribute	Dhanani (1994)

• صفة الذات

  ṣifat al-ḏātw-ṣ-f (noun) + ḏ-w (noun)

  attribute of the essence	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• صفة الفعل

  ṣifat al-fiʿlw-ṣ-f (noun)

  attribute of action	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• صفة

  ṣifaw-ṣ-f (noun)

  description	Butterworth (1977)
  attribute	Dhanani (1994)
  description, attribute	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• وصف

  waṣfw-ṣ-f (noun)

  description, property	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

w-ṣ-l

• اتّصال

  ittiṣālw-ṣ-l (VIII VIII VIII, inf)

  conjunction	Butterworth (1977)
  continuité	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἡ συνέχεια
  jonction, conjonction	Martin (1984)
  continuity	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)
  Latin: continuatio
  conjunction	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• متّصل

  muttaṣilw-ṣ-l (VIII VIII VIII, partact)

  conjunctive	Butterworth (1977)
  continu	Martin (1984)
  Greek: συνεχής
  continuous	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

.

w-ḍ-ʿ

• بالوضع

  bi-l-waḍiʿb (preposition) + w-ḍ-ʿ (noun)

  conditionally	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• عن وضع

  ʿan wadiʿʿ-n (preposition) + w-ḍ-ʿ (noun)

  hypothetical	McGinnis and Reisman (2007)

• قابل بالوضع

  qābala bi-l-waḍʿq-b-l (III, verb) + b (preposition) + w-ḍ-ʿ (noun)

  s'opposer	Martin (1984)
  Greek: ἀντικεῖσθαι

• متقابل بالوضع

  mutaqābil bi-l-waḍʿq-b-l (IV, partact) + b (preposition) + w-ḍ-ʿ (noun)